<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Item xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" Autonumber="false" id="X-BLTL_SSC_Eng1_intro" TextType="CompleteItem" SchemaVersion="2.0" PageStartNumber="0" Template="Generic_A4_Unnumbered" DiscussionAlias="Discussion" ExportedEquationLocation="" SecondColour="None" ThirdColour="None" FourthColour="None" Logo="colour" Rendering="OpenLearn" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/ocw/mod/oucontent/schemas/v2_0/OUIntermediateSchema.xsd" x_oucontentversion="2022070700"><meta name="equations" content="mathjax" x_automatically_added="true"/><meta name="vle:osep" content="true" x_automatically_added="true"/>
    <meta content="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/ocw" http-equiv="aaaf:olink_server"/>
    <meta content="false" http-equiv="vle:osep"/>
    <!--ADD CORRECT OPENLEARN COURSE URL HERE:<meta name="dc:source" content="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/education/educational-technology-and-practice/educational-practice/english-grammar-contex   -+9-eta content="mathjax" http-equiv="equations"/>t/content-section-0"/>-->
    <CourseCode>FSM_1_CYMRU</CourseCode>
    <CourseTitle>Bringing Learning to Life: L1 Maths</CourseTitle>
    <ItemID><!--leave blank--></ItemID>
    <ItemTitle>Introduction and guidance</ItemTitle>
    <FrontMatter>
        <Imprint>
            <Standard>
                <GeneralInfo>
                    <Paragraph><b>About this free course</b></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>This free course is an adapted extract from the Open University course <!--[MODULE code] [Module title- Italics] THEN LINK to Study @ OU page for module. Text to be page URL without http;// but make sure href includes http:// (e.g. <a href="http://www3.open.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/course/b190.htm">www3.open.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/course/b190?LKCAMPAIGN=ebook_&amp;amp;MEDIA=ou</a>)] -->.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>This version of the content may include video, images and interactive content that may not be optimised for your device. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>You can experience this free course as it was originally designed on OpenLearn, the home of free learning from The Open University –</Paragraph>
                    <!--[course name] hyperlink to page URL make sure href includes http:// with trackingcode added <Paragraph><a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/money-management/introduction-bookkeeping-and-accounting/content-section-0?LKCAMPAIGN=ebook_&amp;amp;MEDIA=ol">www.open.edu/openlearn/money-management/introduction-bookkeeping-and-accounting/content-section-0</a>. </Paragraph>-->
                    <Paragraph>There you’ll also be able to track your progress via your activity record, which you can use to demonstrate your learning.</Paragraph>
                </GeneralInfo>
                <Address>
                    <AddressLine/>
                    <AddressLine/>
                </Address>
                <FirstPublished>
                    <Paragraph/>
                </FirstPublished>
                <Copyright>
                    <Paragraph>Copyright © 2015 The Open University</Paragraph>
                </Copyright>
                <Rights>
                    <Paragraph/>
                    <Paragraph><b>Intellectual property</b></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Unless otherwise stated, this resource is released under the terms of the Creative Commons Licence v4.0 <a href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/deed.en_GB">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/deed.en_GB</a>. Within that The Open University interprets this licence in the following way: <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/about-openlearn/frequently-asked-questions-on-openlearn">www.open.edu/openlearn/about-openlearn/frequently-asked-questions-on-openlearn</a>. Copyright and rights falling outside the terms of the Creative Commons Licence are retained or controlled by The Open University. Please read the full text before using any of the content. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>We believe the primary barrier to accessing high-quality educational experiences is cost, which is why we aim to publish as much free content as possible under an open licence. If it proves difficult to release content under our preferred Creative Commons licence (e.g. because we can’t afford or gain the clearances or find suitable alternatives), we will still release the materials for free under a personal end-user licence. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>This is because the learning experience will always be the same high quality offering and that should always be seen as positive – even if at times the licensing is different to Creative Commons. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>When using the content you must attribute us (The Open University) (the OU) and any identified author in accordance with the terms of the Creative Commons Licence.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The Acknowledgements section is used to list, amongst other things, third party (Proprietary), licensed content which is not subject to Creative Commons licensing. Proprietary content must be used (retained) intact and in context to the content at all times.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The Acknowledgements section is also used to bring to your attention any other Special Restrictions which may apply to the content. For example there may be times when the Creative Commons Non-Commercial Sharealike licence does not apply to any of the content even if owned by us (The Open University). In these instances, unless stated otherwise, the content may be used for personal and non-commercial use.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>We have also identified as Proprietary other material included in the content which is not subject to Creative Commons Licence. These are OU logos, trading names and may extend to certain photographic and video images and sound recordings and any other material as may be brought to your attention.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Unauthorised use of any of the content may constitute a breach of the terms and conditions and/or intellectual property laws.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>We reserve the right to alter, amend or bring to an end any terms and conditions provided here without notice.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>All rights falling outside the terms of the Creative Commons licence are retained or controlled by The Open University.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Head of Intellectual Property, The Open University</Paragraph>
                </Rights>
                <Edited>
                    <Paragraph/>
                </Edited>
                <Printed>
                    <Paragraph/>
                </Printed>
                <ISBN><!--INSERT EPUB ISBN WHEN AVAILABLE (.kdl)-->
        <!--INSERT KDL ISBN WHEN AVAILABLE (.epub)--></ISBN>
                <Edition/>
            </Standard>
        </Imprint>
        <!--<Introduction>
            <Title>Welcome to <i>Everyday maths 1</i></Title>
            <Paragraph>Have you ever noticed how often you need maths skills in everyday life?</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>This free course is an introduction to level 1 functional skills in maths. It is designed to bring your learning to life, inspiring you to improve your current maths skills or helping you to remember any areas that you may have forgotten. Working through the examples and interactive activities in this course will help you to, among other things, run a household or make progress in your career.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Once you’ve completed the course, a short assessment will give you the chance to reflect on what you’ve learnt. When you pass the assessment, you will be signposted to your nearest centre where you can enrol on a formal qualification.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>The four main sessions in this course cover the following topics:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>numbers</ListItem>
                <ListItem>measurement</ListItem>
                <ListItem>data</ListItem>
                <ListItem>shapes and space</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>You can complete the course at your own pace. The recommended total participation time is 48 hours. To complete the course you will need access to a calculator and a notepad and pen.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>We hope you enjoy the course and that it makes you feel more confident in your ability.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><EditorComment>(Insert opening video here)</EditorComment></Paragraph>
        </Introduction>
        <LearningOutcomes>
            <Paragraph>What would you hope to achieve by the end of this course? These are the learning outcomes that you need to gain a Level 1 Functional Skills qualification:</Paragraph>
            <LearningOutcome>understand practical problems, some of which are non-routine</LearningOutcome>
            <LearningOutcome>identify what you need to tackle a problem</LearningOutcome>
            <LearningOutcome>use maths in an organised way to find the solution you’re looking for</LearningOutcome>
            <LearningOutcome>use appropriate checking procedures at each stage</LearningOutcome>
            <LearningOutcome>explain the process you used to get an answer and draw simple conclusions from it. </LearningOutcome>
            <Paragraph>Learning outcomes taken from Ofqual, <a href="https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/371154/11-10-07-functional-skills-criteria-for-mathematics.pdf">https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/371154/11-10-07-functional-skills-criteria-for-mathematics.pdf</a></Paragraph>
        </LearningOutcomes>-->
        <Introduction>
            <Title>Introduction and guidance</Title>
            <Paragraph>This free badged course, <i>Everyday maths 1</i>, is an introduction to Level 1 Essential Skills in maths. It is designed to inspire you to improve your current maths skills and help you to remember any areas that you may have forgotten. Working through the examples and interactive activities in this course will help you to, among other things, run a household or make progress in your career.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You can work through the course at your own pace. To complete the course you will need access to a calculator and a notepad and pen.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>The course has four sessions, with a total study time of approximately 48 hours. The sessions cover the following topics: numbers, measurement, shapes and space, and data. There will be plenty of examples to help you as you progress, together with opportunities to practise your understanding.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>The regular interactive quizzes form part of this practice, and the end-of-course quiz is an opportunity to earn a badge that demonstrates your new skills. You can read more on how to study the course and about badges in the next sections.</Paragraph>
            <!--<Paragraph>As part of the course you have been provided you with an interactive toolkit in which you can collect all your thoughts together in one place. You will use the toolkit and the templates within it as you complete activities throughout the course and it will provide a resouce that you can draw on in the future to help shape your career. Using the toolkit is optional: if you would rather note your responses down in a different way, that is fine.</Paragraph>-->
            <Paragraph>After completing this course you will be able to:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>understand practical problems, some of which are non-routine</ListItem>
                <ListItem>identify the maths skills you need to tackle a problem</ListItem>
                <ListItem>use maths in an organised way to find the solution you’re looking for</ListItem>
                <ListItem>use appropriate checking procedures at each stage</ListItem>
                <ListItem>explain the process you used to get an answer and draw simple conclusions from it.
</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Moving around the course</Heading>
                <Paragraph>The easiest way to navigate around the course is through the ‘My course progress’ page. You can get back there at any time by clicking on ‘Back to course’ in the menu bar.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>It’s also good practice, if you access a link from within a course page (including links to the quizzes), to open it in a new window or tab. That way you can easily return to where you’ve come from without having to use the back button on your browser.</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
        </Introduction>
        <Covers>
            <Cover template="false" type="ebook" src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/ol_ebook_generic_google_w1400xh2240.jpg"/>
            <Cover template="false" type="A4" src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/ol_generic_PDF_A4_image_w2244x1488.jpg"/>
        </Covers>
    </FrontMatter>
    <Unit>
        <UnitID/>
        <UnitTitle/>
        <Session>
            <Title>What is a badged course?</Title>
            <Paragraph>While studying <i>Everyday maths 1</i> you have the option to work towards gaining a digital badge.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Badged courses are a key part of The Open University’s mission <i>to promote the educational well-being of the community</i>. The courses also provide another way of helping you to progress from informal to formal learning.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>To complete a course you need to be able to find about 48 hours of study time. It is possible to study them at any time, and at a pace to suit you.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Badged courses are all available on The Open University’s <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/about-openlearn/try">OpenLearn</a> website and do not cost anything to study. They differ from Open University courses because you do not receive support from a tutor. But you do get useful feedback from the interactive quizzes.</Paragraph>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>What is a badge?</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Digital badges are a new way of demonstrating online that you have gained a skill. Schools, colleges and universities are working with employers and other organisations to develop open badges that help learners gain recognition for their skills, and support employers to identify the right candidate for a job.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Badges demonstrate your work and achievement on the course. You can share your achievement with friends, family and employers, and on social media. Badges are a great motivation, helping you to reach the end of the course. Gaining a badge often boosts confidence in the skills and abilities that underpin successful study. So, completing this course should encourage you to think about taking other courses, for example enrolling at a college for a formal qualification. (You will be given details on this at the end of the course.)</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_badge.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_badge.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="8456d272" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_badge.png" x_imagewidth="125" x_imageheight="125"/>
                </Figure>
            </InternalSection>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>How to get a badge</Title>
            <Paragraph>Getting a badge is straightforward! Here’s what you have to do:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>read all of the pages of the course</ListItem>
                <ListItem>score 70% or more in the end-of-course quiz.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>For all the quizzes, you can have three attempts at most of the questions (for true or false type questions you usually only get one attempt). If you get the answer right first time you will get more marks than for a correct answer the second or third time. Therefore, please be aware that for the end-of-course quiz it is possible to get all the questions right but not score 50% and be eligible for the OpenLearn badge on that attempt. If one of your answers is incorrect you will often receive helpful feedback and suggestions about how to work out the correct answer.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>If you’re not successful in getting 70% in the end-of-course quiz the first time, after 24 hours you can attempt it again and come back as many times as you like.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>We hope that as many people as possible will gain an Open University badge – so you should see getting a badge as an opportunity to reflect on what you have learned rather than as a test.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>If you need more guidance on getting a badge and what you can do with it, take a look at the <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/about-openlearn/frequently-asked-questions-on-openlearn">OpenLearn FAQs</a>. When you gain your badge you will receive an email to notify you and you will be able to view and manage all your badges in <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/my-openlearn">My OpenLearn</a> within 24 hours of completing the criteria to gain a badge.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Now get started with Session 1.</Paragraph>
        </Session>
    </Unit>
    <Unit>
        <UnitID/>
        <UnitTitle>Session 1: Working with numbers</UnitTitle>
        <Introduction>
            <Title>Introduction</Title>
            <Paragraph>It is very difficult to cope in everyday life without a basic understanding of numbers.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Calculators can be very useful, for example helping you to check your working out, or converting fractions to decimals. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>To complete the activities in this course you will need some notepaper, a pen for taking notes and working out calculations and a calculator.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Session 1 includes many examples of numeracy from everyday life, with lots of learning activities related to them that involve whole numbers, fractions, decimals, percentages, ratios and proportion. <!--The activities in this session are quick and easy tasks that should not take long to do.--></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>By the end of this session you will be able to:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>work with whole numbers</ListItem>
                <ListItem>use rounding</ListItem>
                <ListItem>understand fractions, decimals and percentages, and the equivalencies between them</ListItem>
                <ListItem>use ratios and proportion</ListItem>
                <ListItem>understand word formulas and function machines.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_a48_numbers.mp4" type="video" width="512" x_manifest="bltl_a48_numbers_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="3816b519" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="cbc20c57" x_subtitles="bltl_a48_numbers.srt">
                <Transcript>
                    <Paragraph>[MUSIC PLAYING]</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Whether you’re out shopping, busy at work or even at home, numbers are everywhere. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>It’s impossible to avoid them. From knowing what size clothes to shop for to working out how much money you have to spend, it’s hard to imagine a world without numbers. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>A basic understanding of maths and numbers is important for so many decisions we make in our everyday lives. And whatever it is you’re shopping for, you will have to deal with fractions as well as percentages, which can be really useful when working out whether a special offer is, in fact, a bargain. If you’re mixing cement, the idea of ratio and proportion is really important, in just the same way as if you’re working out the correct quantities of ingredients you need for baking. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>In everyday life, numbers don’t have to be a challenge. They can be useful in all sorts of ways. </Paragraph>
                </Transcript>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_a48_numbers.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/AV/bltl_a48_numbers.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="8d91a76c" x_imagesrc="bltl_a48_numbers.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="288"/>
                </Figure>
            </MediaContent>
        </Introduction>
        <Session>
            <Title>1 Whole numbers</Title>
            <!--<Figure>
                <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_1.png" width="100%"/>
<Description>An image illustrating place value with the number 987,654,321. 987 is labelled ‘millions’, where the 9 is in the hundreds column, the 8 is in the tens column and the 7 is in the ones column. 654 is labelled ‘thousands’, where the 6 is in the hundreds column, the 5 is in the tens column and the 4 is in the ones column. 321 is labelled ‘units’, where the 3 is in the hundreds column, the 2 is in the tens column and the 1 is in the ones column. </Description>
            </Figure>-->
            <Paragraph>What is a whole number? The simple answer is ‘any number that does not include a fraction or decimal part’. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>So for example, 3 is a whole number, but 3<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                            <mrow>
                                <mfrac>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>1</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>2</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                </mfrac>
                            </mrow>
                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> or 3.25 are NOT whole numbers.  </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Numbers can be positive or negative.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Positive numbers can be written with or without a plus (+) sign, so 3 and +3 are the same.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Negative numbers always have a minus (–) sign in front of them, such as –3, –5 or –2.</Paragraph>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.1 Positive numbers and place value</Title>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="ae07dfdc" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_1.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="350"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 1 Place value</Caption>
                    <Description>An image illustrating place value with the number 987 654 321. 987 is labelled ‘millions’, where the 9 is in the hundreds column, the 8 is in the tens column and the 7 is in the ones column. 654 is labelled ‘thousands’, where the 6 is in the hundreds column, the 5 is in the tens column and the 4 is in the ones column. 321 is labelled ‘units’, where the 3 is in the hundreds column, the 2 is in the tens column and the 1 is in the ones column. </Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Let’s look at positive numbers in more detail.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>The place value of a digit in a number depends on its position or place in the number:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>The value of 8 in 58 is 8 units.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The value of 3 in 34 is 3 tens.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The value of 4 in 435 is 4 hundreds.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The value of 6 in 6 758 is 6 thousands.</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <!--<Paragraph>Look at the following example, which shows the place value of each digit in a seven-digit number.</Paragraph>-->
                <!--<CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: What’s in a number?</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Take the number 9,046,251. The value of each digit is as follows:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>9 millions</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>0 hundred thousands</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>4 ten thousands (or 40 thousand)</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>6 thousands</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>2 hundreds</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>5 tens</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>1 unit</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>To make large numbers easier to read, we put them in groups of three digits starting from the right:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>6532 is often written as 6,532 (or 6 532).</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>25897 is often written as 25,897 (or 25 897).</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>596124 is often written as 596,124 (or 596 124).</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>7538212 is often written as 7,538,212 (or 7 538 212).</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy>-->
                <!--<Paragraph>Use the example above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>-->
                <InternalSection>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Activity 1: Working with place value</Heading>
                        <Multipart>
                            <Part>
                                <Question>
                                    <NumberedList>
                                        <ListItem>Write 4 025 in words.</ListItem>
                                    </NumberedList>
                                    <Table>
                                        <TableHead/>
                                        <tbody>
                                            <tr>
                                                <th>Th</th>
                                                <th>H</th>
                                                <th>T</th>
                                                <th>U</th>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>4</td>
                                                <td>0</td>
                                                <td>2</td>
                                                <td>5</td>
                                            </tr>
                                        </tbody>
                                    </Table>
                                </Question>
                                <Answer>
                                    <Paragraph>4 025 in words is four thousand and twenty-five.</Paragraph>
                                </Answer>
                            </Part>
                            <Part>
                                <Question>
                                    <NumberedList start="2">
                                        <ListItem>Write six thousand, four hundred and seventy-two in figures.</ListItem>
                                    </NumberedList>
                                    <Table>
                                        <TableHead/>
                                        <tbody>
                                            <tr>
                                                <th>Th</th>
                                                <th>H</th>
                                                <th>T</th>
                                                <th>U</th>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>six</td>
                                                <td>four</td>
                                                <td>seven</td>
                                                <td>two</td>
                                            </tr>
                                        </tbody>
                                    </Table>
                                </Question>
                                <Answer>
                                    <Paragraph>Six thousand, four hundred and seventy-two in figures is 6 472.</Paragraph>
                                </Answer>
                            </Part>
                            <Part>
                                <Question>
                                    <NumberedList start="3">
                                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Here are the results of an election to be school governor at Hawthorn School:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>John Smith: 436 votes</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Sonia Cedar: 723 votes</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Pat Kane: 156 votes</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Anjali Seedher: 72 votes</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Who won the election?</Paragraph><Paragraph>Check your answer with our feedback before continuing.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                    </NumberedList>
                                </Question>
                                <Answer>
                                    <Paragraph>The person who wins the election is the person who gets the most votes.</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>To find the biggest number we need to compare the value of the first digit in each number. If this is the same for any of the numbers, then we need to go on to compare the value of the second digit in each number and so on.</Paragraph>
                                    <UnNumberedList>
                                        <ListItem>The value of the first digit in 436 is 4 hundreds.</ListItem>
                                        <ListItem>The value of the first digit in 723 is 7 hundreds.</ListItem>
                                        <ListItem>The value of the first digit in 156 is 1 hundred.</ListItem>
                                        <ListItem>The value of the first digit in 72 is 7 tens.</ListItem>
                                    </UnNumberedList>
                                    <Paragraph>Comparing the values of the first digit in each number tells us that the biggest number is 723, so Sonia Cedar is the winner of the election.</Paragraph>
                                </Answer>
                            </Part>
                        </Multipart>
                    </Activity>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.2 Numbers with zeros</Title>
                <Paragraph>The zero in a number plays a very important part in deciding its value.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Four hundred is written:</Paragraph>
                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>H</th>
                            <th>T</th>
                            <th>U</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>4</td>
                            <td>0</td>
                            <td>0</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <Paragraph>We need to put in the two zeros to show that it is four hundred and not just four.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph> Six hundred and seven is written:</Paragraph>
                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>H</th>
                            <th>T</th>
                            <th>U</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>6</td>
                            <td>0</td>
                            <td>7</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <Paragraph>We need the zero to show that there are no tens.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 2: Place value</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Fill in the boxes to show the value of each figure. The first two are done for you.</Paragraph>
                        <Table>
                            <TableHead/>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Number</th>
                                    <th>Th</th>
                                    <th>H</th>
                                    <th>T</th>
                                    <th>U</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>584</td>
                                    <td/>
                                    <td>5</td>
                                    <td>8</td>
                                    <td>4</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>690</td>
                                    <td/>
                                    <td>6</td>
                                    <td>9</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>708</td>
                                    <td/>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l1"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l2"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l3"/></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>302</td>
                                    <td/>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l4"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l5"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l6"/></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>4 290</td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l7"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l8"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l9"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l10"/></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>5 060</td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l11"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l12"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l13"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l14"/></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>2 100</td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l15"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l16"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l17"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l18"/></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>3 009</td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l19"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l20"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l21"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l22"/></td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>The answers are as follows:</Paragraph>
                        <Table>
                            <TableHead/>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Number</th>
                                    <th>Th</th>
                                    <th>H</th>
                                    <th>T</th>
                                    <th>U</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>584</td>
                                    <td/>
                                    <td>5</td>
                                    <td>8</td>
                                    <td>4</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>690</td>
                                    <td/>
                                    <td>6</td>
                                    <td>9</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>708</td>
                                    <td/>
                                    <td>7</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                    <td>8</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>302</td>
                                    <td/>
                                    <td>3</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                    <td>2</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>4 290</td>
                                    <td>4</td>
                                    <td>2</td>
                                    <td>9</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>5 060</td>
                                    <td>5</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                    <td>6</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>2 100</td>
                                    <td>2</td>
                                    <td>1</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>3 009</td>
                                    <td>3</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                    <td>9</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <!--<Paragraph><EditorComment>Taken from Liverpool Community College Flexi packs - 01 Number - Place Value</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.3 Writing large numbers</Title>
                <Paragraph>You may need to read numbers much larger than those we have looked at previously.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Take the number 9 046 251. The value of each digit is as follows:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>9 millions</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>0 hundred thousands</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>4 ten thousands (or 40 thousand)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>6 thousands</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>2 hundreds</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>5 tens</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>1 unit</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>To make large numbers easier to read, we put them in groups of three digits starting from the right:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>6532 is often written as 6 532 (or 6,532).</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>25897 is often written as 25 897 (or 25,897).</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>596124 is often written as 596 124 (or 596,124).</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>7538212 is often written as 7 538 212 (or 7,538,212).</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>Using a place value grid can also help you to read large numbers. The place value grid groups the digits for you, making the whole number easier to read.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Look at the place value grid below. It only goes up to millions, but we can use place value to record numbers of any size, including numbers much greater than this. </Paragraph>
                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Million</td>
                            <td colspan="3" borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Thousand</td>
                            <td colspan="3" borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true"/>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Millions</td>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Hundreds of thousands</td>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Tens of thousands</td>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Thousands</td>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Hundreds</td>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Tens</td>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Units</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true"/>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true"/>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true"/>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true"/>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true"/>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true"/>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true"/>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <Paragraph>You may also want to watch this clip to help you to understand place value with large numbers:</Paragraph>
                <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/youtube:iInDdBkfAiQ" type="embed" x_manifest="iInDdBkfAiQ_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Reading large numbers using a place value grid</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>How would you say the number in the place value grid?</Paragraph>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Million</td>
                                <td colspan="3">Thousand</td>
                                <td colspan="3"/>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Millions</th>
                                <th>Hundreds of thousands</th>
                                <th>Tens of thousands</th>
                                <th>Thousands</th>
                                <th>Hundreds</th>
                                <th>Tens</th>
                                <th>Units</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>7</td>
                                <td>4</td>
                                <td>0</td>
                                <td>6</td>
                                <td>8</td>
                                <td>9</td>
                                <td>4</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>You need to say the number a section at a time:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>Seven (7) million,</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>four hundred and six (406) thousand,</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>eight hundred and ninety-four (894).</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So the number is seven million, four hundred and six thousand, eight hundred and ninety-four (7 406 894). </Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity, using the place value grid to help you if needed.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 3: Large numbers</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>Write the following numbers in words:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>765 228</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 655 501</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3 487 887</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Write the following words in numbers:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>Six hundred and eight thousand, nine hundred and ten.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Two million, seven hundred and eleven thousand, one hundred and six.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Eight million, nine hundred thousand, four hundred.</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Put the following numbers in size order, starting with the smallest:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>496 832</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 260 802</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>258 411</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>482 112</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 248 758</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 118 233</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>Seven hundred and sixty-five thousand, two hundred and twenty-eight.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>One million, six hundred and fifty-five thousand, five hundred and one.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Three million, four hundred and eighty-seven thousand, eight hundred and eighty-seven.</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>608 910</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 711 106 </SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8 900 400</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The correct order is: 
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>258 411</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>482 112</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>496 832</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 118 233</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 248 758</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 260 802</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList> 
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.4 Negative numbers</Title>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_maths_l1w_01_neg_numbers.jpg" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\assets\s1\bltl_maths-l1w_01_neg-numbers.jpg" width="100%" x_folderhash="84b192a8" x_contenthash="5436d8dd" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1w_01_neg_numbers.jpg" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="383"/>
                    <Description>An image of a bank statement that features both positive and negative numbers.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>So far you have only looked at positive numbers, but negative numbers are just as important. Negative numbers have a minus sign (–) in front of them.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Some examples of where negative numbers will apply to real life is with temperatures and bank balances, although hopefully our bank balances will not display too many negatives! </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Perhaps you’ve seen negative numbers in weather reports where a temperature is below freezing, for example –2°C, or you may have seen them on frozen food packets.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>If you ever have an overdraft at the bank, you may see minus signs next to the figures. If a bank statement reads –£30, for example, this tells you how much you’re overdrawn. In other words, what you owe the bank! </Paragraph>
                <!--<Paragraph>Watch <a href="http://www.bbc.co.uk/skillswise/topic/negative-numbers">a video about negative numbers</a> on the BBC Skillswise website: it shows everyday examples of where you might find negative numbers.</Paragraph>-->
                <Paragraph>Where have you seen negative numbers recently? Look at this thermometer:</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1w_s1_1_2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_1-2.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="54609b94" x_contenthash="6909940e" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1w_s1_1_2.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="350"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 2 Negative numbers on a thermometer</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a thermometer, showing that anying below 0°C is a negative number.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>It shows us that:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>–10°C is a lower temperature than –5°C</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>–15°C is a lower temperature than –10°C.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> ‘Lower’ means ‘less than’. </Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Paragraph>The lower the temperature, the colder it is.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 4: Using negative numbers in everyday life</Heading>
                    <Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>The following table shows the temperatures in several cities on one day.</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <Table>
                                    <TableHead/>
                                    <tbody>
                                        <tr>
                                            <th>City</th>
                                            <th>Temperature</th>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>A</td>
                                            <td>–2°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>B</td>
                                            <td>–5°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>C</td>
                                            <td>–1°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>D</td>
                                            <td>–8°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>E</td>
                                            <td>–3°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                    </tbody>
                                </Table>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>Which are the coldest and warmest cities?</ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                            </Question>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>A particular brand of ice cream includes the following note in its storing instructions:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>For best results, store in temperatures between –10°C and –6°C</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>If your freezer’s temperature was –11°C, would it be OK to keep this ice cream in it?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>City D is the coldest because it has the lowest temperature. City C is the warmest because it has the highest temperature.</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>No, because –11°C is colder than the recommended range of between –10°C and –6°C. Keeping the ice cream in your freezer would probably damage the ice cream.</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart>
                </Activity>
                <Paragraph>You have now seen how we use negative numbers in everyday life, for example bank balances and temperatures. Try practising using them when you are out and about. You will also use this skill within some simple questions that are coming up.</Paragraph>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.5 Working with whole numbers</Title>
                <Paragraph>The following activities cover everything in the whole numbers section. As you attempt the activities, look for key words to identify what the question is asking you to do. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 5: Looking at numbers</Heading>
                    <Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Look at this newspaper headline:</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_1-3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_1-3.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="5ae049e6" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_1-3.png" x_imagewidth="266" x_imageheight="270"/><Caption>Figure 3 A newspaper headline</Caption><Alternative>A newspaper with the headline ‘Pop Idols: 9 653 000 youngsters vote in final’.</Alternative></Figure>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>What number does the 9 represent in the newspaper headline?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How many thousands are there?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Look at the details below. Who won the <i>Pop Idols</i> competition?</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>Will: 4 850 000 votes</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Gareth: 4 803 000 votes</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem>Look at the data in the following table. It gives the temperatures of five cities on a Monday in January.</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <Table>
                                    <TableHead/>
                                    <tbody>
                                        <tr>
                                            <th>City</th>
                                            <th>Temperature</th>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>London</td>
                                            <td>0°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Paris</td>
                                            <td>–1°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Madrid</td>
                                            <td>10°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Delhi</td>
                                            <td>28°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Moscow</td>
                                            <td>–10°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                    </tbody>
                                </Table>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>Which city was the coldest?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Which city was the warmest?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How many cities have a temperature below 5°C?</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>The answers are as follows:<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem>9 million</SubListItem><SubListItem>653 thousand </SubListItem><SubListItem>Will</SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>The answers are as follows:<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem>Moscow</SubListItem><SubListItem>Delhi </SubListItem><SubListItem>London, Paris and Moscow</SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                    <!--<ListItem>£24 + £18 = £42</ListItem>
<ListItem>£48 – £26 = £22</ListItem>-->
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <!--<Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="3"><ListItem>You buy a jumper for £24 and a skirt for £18. How much do you spend altogether?</ListItem></NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                        </Part>-->
                        <!--<Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="4"><ListItem>You have £48. You spend £26. How much do you have left?</ListItem></NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            
                        </Part>-->
                    </Multipart>
                </Activity>
                <!--                <Paragraph>If you have had any problems answering these questions, please look at the following resources for addition and subtraction skills: </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph><EditorComment>(Insert links to clips)</EditorComment></Paragraph>
-->
                <!--<Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 4: Using multiplication and division</Heading>
                    <Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>You can use a calculator in this activity.</Paragraph>
<NumberedList>
<ListItem>What are the answers to these sums?
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>6 × 4</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3 × 9</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>5 × 7</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>36 ÷ 9</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>48 ÷ 6</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>15 ÷ 3</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
<ListItem>Wine glasses come in boxes of 10. There are 25 boxes in a crate. How many wine glasses are there in one crate?</ListItem>
<ListItem>A circus is selling tickets at £19 for adults and £11 for children. How much would it cost for two adults and two children to go?</ListItem>

</NumberedList>
                                
                                <Paragraph>Now check your answers to make sure you are ready to move on.</Paragraph>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
<NumberedList>
<ListItem>The answers are as follows: 
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>6 ×4 = 24</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3 × 9 = 27</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>5 × 7 = 35</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>36 ÷ 9 = 4</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>48 ÷ 6 = 8</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>15 ÷ 3 = 5</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
<ListItem>10 × 25 = 250 wine glasses.</ListItem>
<ListItem><Paragraph>2 × 19 = £38</Paragraph><Paragraph>11 × 2 = £22</Paragraph><Paragraph>22 + 38 = £60</Paragraph><Paragraph>It would cost £60 to go to the circus. </Paragraph></ListItem>
</NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart>
                </Activity>-->
                <!--<Paragraph>Once you have checked your answers, please identify any key areas for development. Did you struggle to identify whether to use division or multiplication? Did you forget what a square number is? If so, you might like to try one of the following resources for some extra help with this subject:</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph><EditorComment>(Insert links for multiplication, division and square number clips).</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.6 Add and subtract large numbers</Title>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Addition</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>We add large numbers in the same way as we add smaller numbers:</Paragraph>
                    <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/youtube:vjMo92dR7Ds" type="embed" x_manifest="vjMo92dR7Ds_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Activity 6: Adding whole numbers</Heading>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>Complete the following tasks without using a calculator:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>8 936 + 453</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>3 291 + 2 520</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>35 + 214 + 9 963</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>28 550 + 865</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>243 552 + 64 771</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>698 441 + 323 118</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <!--<Paragraph>Remember you can check your calculations using the inverse method, which means using subtraction to check that your answer to an addition calculation is correct. For example:</Paragraph>-->
                            <Paragraph>Remember you can check your calculations using the inverse method, which means using the opposite type of sum to check that your answer is correct. For example, you can use subtraction to check that an addition calculation is correct:</Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>630 + 295 = 925 (addition)</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>925 – 295 = 630 (subtraction to check)</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>The answers are as follows:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>9 389</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>5 811</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>10 212</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>29 415</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>308 323</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>1 021 559</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Activity>
                </InternalSection>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Subtraction</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>There are different methods that can be used to subtract numbers. You need to find the method that works for you.</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Decomposition method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>For example:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>843 – 266</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Follow the following steps:</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>Start with the units: subtract 6 from 3. (<i>This can’t be done.</i>)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>There are four tens in the tens column. One of these can be given to the units column.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>If 10 is added to the original 3 we now have 13 in the units column: 13 – 6  = 7.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>7 is placed on the answer line in the units column.
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1w_s1_fig1_6_1.png" x_folderhash="54609b94" x_contenthash="b34d3692" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1w_s1_fig1_6_1.png" x_imagewidth="152" x_imageheight="152"/>
<Description>The first step in calculating 843 – 266.</Description>
</Figure>
</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>Now move on to the tens column: subtract 6 from 3. There are only three tens left, because one 10 was added to the units column. (<i>This can’t be done.</i>)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>There are eight hundreds in the hundreds column. Taking one from the hundreds column and moving it to the tens column makes 13 in the tens column: 13 – 6 = 7.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>7 is placed on the answer line in the tens column.
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1w_s1_fig1_6_2.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="54609b94" x_contenthash="f5476f43" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1w_s1_fig1_6_2.png" x_imagewidth="152" x_imageheight="152"/>
<Description>The second step in calculating 843 – 266.</Description>
</Figure>
</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>There is now a 7 in the hundreds column.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Subtract 3 from 7: 7 – 2 = 5.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>This is placed on the answer line in the hundreds column.
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1w_s1_fig1_6_3.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="54609b94" x_contenthash="7e27663d" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1w_s1_fig1_6_3.png" x_imagewidth="152" x_imageheight="152"/>
<Description>The third step in calculating 843 – 266.</Description>
</Figure>
</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>The final answer is 577.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>You need to be careful when trying to subtract with zeros; for example, 800 – 427. The following video shows the decomposition method in full, including dealing with zeros:</Paragraph>
                    <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/youtube:6UCV8919-ZQ" type="embed" x_manifest="6UCV8919-ZQ_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                    <SubHeading>‘Borrow and pay back’ method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>For example:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>765 – 39</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Follow the following steps:</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Start with the units. You cannot subtract 9 from 5.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>You borrow 10 to make it 15.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Now you have borrowed, you must ‘pay back’ by adding 1 to the tens column of the number that you are subtracting. This increases both numbers by ten (5 + 10 = 15 and 39 + 10 = 49). The difference stays the same.
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1w_s1_fig1_6_4.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="54609b94" x_contenthash="7e7467af" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1w_s1_fig1_6_4.png" x_imagewidth="264" x_imageheight="133"/>
<Description>Calculating 765 – 39.</Description>
</Figure>
</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Activity 7: Subtracting whole numbers</Heading>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>Complete this activity using the subtraction method that you are most familiar with. Do not use a calculator.</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>9 965 – 742</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>8 163 – 7 481</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>27 364 – 9 583</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>600 987 – 4 500</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>975 046 – 74 308</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>587 342 – 369 453</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>Remember you can check your calculations using the inverse method, which means using subtraction to check that your answer to an addition calculation is correct. For example:</Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>630 + 295 = 925 (addition)</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>925 – 295 = 630 (subtraction to check)</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>The answers are as follows:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>9 223</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>682</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>17 781</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>596 487</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>900 738</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>217 889</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Activity>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.7 Multiplication</Title>
                <SubSection>
                    <Title>Multiplication by 10, 100 and 1 000</Title>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>×10</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>To multiply a whole number by 10, we write the number then add one zero on the end. For example:</Paragraph>
                        <Extract>
                            <Paragraph>2 × 10 = 20 (2 × 1 = 2, then add a zero)</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>6 × 10 = 6<b>0</b></Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>10 × 10 = 1<b>00</b></Paragraph>
                        </Extract>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>×100</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>When we multiply a whole number by 100,  we add two zeros to the end of the number. For example:</Paragraph>
                        <Extract>
                            <Paragraph>3 × 100 = 3<b>00</b></Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>25 × 100 = 2 5<b>00</b></Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>60 × 100 = 6 0<b>00</b></Paragraph>
                        </Extract>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>×1 000</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>When we multiply a whole number by 1 000,  we add three zeros to the end of the number. For example:</Paragraph>
                        <Extract>
                            <Paragraph>4 × 1 000 = 4 <b>000</b></Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>32 × 1 000 = 32 <b>000</b></Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>50 × 1 000 = 50 <b>000</b></Paragraph>
                        </Extract>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Activity 8: Multiplying whole numbers by 10, 100 and 1 000</Heading>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>Now try the following:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>7 × 10</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>32 × 10</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>120 × 10</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>8 × 100</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>21 × 100</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>520 × 100</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>3 × 1 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>12 × 1 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>45 × 1 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>Pens cost 31 pence each.  How much would it cost for a pack of ten pens?</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>A supermarket buys boxes of cereal in batches of 100. If they buy 19 batches, how many boxes is this?</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>Seven people win £1 000 each on the lottery.  How much money is this altogether?</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>70</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>320</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>1 200</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>800</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>2 100</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>52 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>3 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>12 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>45 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>310 pence (or £3.10)</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>1 900 boxes of cereal</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£7 000</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Activity>
                </SubSection>
                <SubSection>
                    <Title>Multiples and square numbers</Title>
                    <Paragraph>When dealing with multiplication, it is important to know the meaning of multiples and square numbers.</Paragraph>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Multiples</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>A multiple of a number can be divided exactly by that number. So for example, 12 is a multiple of 2, 3, 4 and 6, because:</Paragraph>
                        <Extract>
                            <Paragraph>2 × 6 = 12</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>4 × 3 = 12</Paragraph>
                        </Extract>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 9: Looking for multiples</Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>Look at the following row of numbers, and then answer the questions below.</Paragraph>
                                <Extract>
                                    <Paragraph>12, 17, 24, 30, 39, 45, 52, 80</Paragraph>
                                </Extract>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>Which of these numbers are multiples of 2?</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>Which of these numbers are multiples of 3?</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>Which of these numbers are multiples of 5?</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>Which of these numbers are multiples of 10?</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>12, 24, 30, 52 and 80 are multiples of 2.
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>2 × 6 = 12</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 × 12 = 24</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 × 15 = 30</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 × 26 = 52</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 × 40 = 80</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>12, 24, 30, 39 and 45 are multiples of 3.
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>3 × 4 = 12</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3 × 8 = 24</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3 × 10 = 30</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3 × 13 = 39</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3 × 15 = 45</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>30, 45 and 80 are multiples of 5.
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>5 × 6 = 30</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>5 × 9 = 45</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>5 × 16 = 80</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>30 and 80 are multiples of 10.
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>10 × 3 = 30</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>10 × 8 = 80</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Square numbers</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>A square number is made when you multiply any whole number by itself. For example:</Paragraph>
                        <Extract>
                            <Paragraph>1 × 1 = 1</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>2 × 2 = 4</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>3 × 3 = 9</Paragraph>
                        </Extract>
                        <Box>
                            <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Square numbers are commonly shown as: 1<sup>2</sup> (meaning 1 × 1), 2<sup>2</sup> (meaning 2 × 2), 3<sup>2</sup> (meaning 3 × 3), etc.</Paragraph>
                        </Box>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 10: Identifying square numbers</Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>You have been given the square numbers up to 3. Following the pattern, what are the square numbers from 4 to 12?</Paragraph>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Paragraph>The answers are as follows:</Paragraph>
                                <Extract>
                                    <Paragraph>4 × 4 = 16</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>5 × 5 = 25</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>6 × 6 = 36</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>7 × 7 = 49</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>8 × 8 = 64</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>9 × 9 = 81</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>10 × 10 = 100</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>11 × 11 = 121</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>12 × 12 = 144</Paragraph>
                                </Extract>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                </SubSection>
                <SubSection>
                    <Title>Multiplication methods</Title>
                    <Paragraph>There are several ways to multiply, and each method will give you the correct answer as long as you use it correctly. The following videos show you the most common methods.</Paragraph>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Standard multiplication</Heading>
                        <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/youtube:wayoCIgl08I" type="embed" x_manifest="wayoCIgl08I_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Grid method multiplication</Heading>
                        <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/youtube:4PcsEtIqei8" type="embed" x_manifest="4PcsEtIqei8_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Lattice method multiplication</Heading>
                        <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/youtube:NDC79an3NNA" type="embed" x_manifest="NDC79an3NNA_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Activity 11: Multiplying whole numbers</Heading>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>Choose the method you are most comfortable with and use it to calculate the following sums:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>76 × 4</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>183 × 6</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>42 × 25</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>123 × 40</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>718 × 21</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>249 × 34</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>678 × 39</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>A theatre has 85 rows of seats and there are 48 seats in each row. What is the total number of seats?</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>A taxi driver travels 250 miles per day. How many miles are travelled in 15 days?</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>54 people go on a short coach holiday to Llandudno. They each pay £199. How much will they pay in total?</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>Now check your calculations with a calculator before revealing the answers.</Paragraph>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>304</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>1 098</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>1 050</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>4 920</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>15 078</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>8 466</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>26 442</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>4 080 seats</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>3 750  miles</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£10 746 in total</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Activity>
                </SubSection>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.8 Division</Title>
                <SubSection>
                    <Title>Division by 10, 100 and 1 000</Title>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>÷ 10</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>To divide a whole number by 10 (when the number ends in a zero), remove a zero from the end of the number to make it 10 times smaller. For example:</Paragraph>
                        <Extract>
                            <Paragraph>2<b>0</b> ÷ 10 = 2</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>6<b>0</b> ÷ 10 = 6</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>10<b>0</b> ÷ 10 = 10</Paragraph>
                        </Extract>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>÷ 100</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>To divide a whole number by 100 (when the number ends in at least two zeros), remove two zeros from the end of the number.</Paragraph>
                        <Extract>
                            <Paragraph>3<b>00</b> ÷ 100 = 3</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>2 5<b>00</b> ÷ 100 = 25</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>6 0<b>00</b> ÷  100 = 60</Paragraph>
                        </Extract>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>÷ 1 000</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>To divide a whole number by 1000 (when the number ends in at least three zeros), remove three zeros from the end of the number.</Paragraph>
                        <Extract>
                            <Paragraph>4 <b>000</b> ÷ 1 000 = 4</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>32 <b>000</b> ÷ 1 000 = 32</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>50 <b>000</b> ÷ 1 000 = 50</Paragraph>
                        </Extract>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Activity 12: Dividing by 10, 100 and 1 000</Heading>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>Calculate the following:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>70 ÷ 10</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>32 ÷ 10</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>120 ÷ 10</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>8 500 ÷ 100</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>2 100 ÷ 100</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>52 000 ÷ 100</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>34 000 ÷ 1 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>120 000 ÷ 1 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>450 000 ÷ 1 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>Rulers are sold in boxes of ten. How many boxes will 350 rulers fill?</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>There are 100 centimetres in 1 metre. What is 18 000 centimetres in metres?</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>Ten people share a lottery win of £16 000. How much money does each person win?</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>7</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>32</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>12</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>85</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>21</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>520</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>34</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>120</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>450</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>35 boxes</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>180 metres</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£1 600</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Activity>
                </SubSection>
                <SubSection>
                    <Title>Short and long division</Title>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Short division</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>Watch the following video about short division to help you complete the activity:</Paragraph>
                        <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/youtube:lRms31-VtJE" type="embed" x_manifest="lRms31-VtJE_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 13: Dividing whole numbers (short division)</Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>Calculate the following:</Paragraph>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>969 ÷ 3</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>3 240 ÷ 8</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>7 929 ÷ 9</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>34 125 ÷ 5</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>14 508 ÷ 8</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>80 225 ÷ 4</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>A syndicate of six people wins £135 000 on the lottery. How much will each person get?</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>A factory packs 34 000 fish fingers into boxes of eight. How many boxes are filled?</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>Please note that some of the answers have remainders.</Paragraph>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>323</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>405</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>881</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>6 825</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>1 813 r4</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>20 056 r1</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>£22 500 each</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>4 250 boxes</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Long division</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>Watch the following video about long division to help you complete the activity:</Paragraph>
                        <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/youtube:eIUoIhfupuA" type="embed" x_manifest="eIUoIhfupuA_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 14: Dividing whole numbers (long division)</Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>Calculate the following:</Paragraph>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>648 ÷ 18</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>377 ÷ 29</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>298 ÷ 14</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>1 170 ÷ 18</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>42 984 ÷ 12</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>Sian earns £12 540 a year. How much does she earn each month?</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>Alun buys a car costing £8 550. He wants to pay for it over 15 months. How much will it cost each month?</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>Now check your calculations with a calculator before revealing the answers.
</Paragraph>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>36</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>13</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>21 r4</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>65</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>3 582</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>£1 045 a month</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>£570 a month</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                </SubSection>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.9 A note on the four operations</Title>
                <Paragraph>The four operations are addition, subtraction, multiplication and division. You will already be using these in your daily life (whether you realise it or not!). Everyday life requires us to carry out maths all the time – for example, checking you’ve been given the correct change, working out how many packs of cakes you need for the children’s birthday party and splitting the bill in a restaurant.</Paragraph>
                <!--<Paragraph><i>Everyday maths 1</i> allows the use of a calculator throughout, so you do not need to be able to work out these calculations by hand – but you do need to understand what each operation does and when to use it.</Paragraph>-->
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem><b>Addition (+)</b> is used when you want to find the total, or sum, of two or more amounts.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem><b>Subtraction (−)</b> is used when you want to find the difference between two amounts or how much of something you have left after a quantity is used. For example, if you want to find out how much change you are owed after spending an amount of money.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem><b>Multiplication (×)</b> is also used for totals and sums, but when there is more than one of the same number. For example, if you bought five packs of apples that cost £1.20 each, to find out the total amount of money you would spend the sum would be 5 × £1.20.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem><b>Division (÷)</b> is used when sharing or grouping items. For example, to find out how many doughnuts you can buy with £6 if one doughnut costs £1.50, you would use the sum £6 ÷ £1.50.
</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Checking calculations</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You should always double-check your calculations using an alternative method. There are different methods you can use, and the one you choose will probably depend on the calculation.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>One very good way of checking calculations is to carry out a reverse calculation, or an inverse calculation as it was called earlier in this session. This is where you use the opposite type of sum (or opposite operation) to check your answer:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>Addition (+) and subtraction (–) are opposite operations.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Multiplication (×) and division (÷) are opposite operations.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                    <Paragraph>If your check results in the same answer, it means that your original sum is correct too. For example, you may have made the following calculation:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>200 – 168 = 32</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>A way of checking this would be:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>32 + 168 = 200</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Alternatively, if you wanted to check the following calculation:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>80 × 2 = 160</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>A way of checking this would be:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>160 ÷ 2 = 80 </Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </InternalSection>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>learned how to read, write, order and compare positive numbers</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>looked at different ways of using negative numbers in everyday life</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>carried out calculations</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>learned how to use the inverse method to check answers.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>2 Rounding</Title>
            <Paragraph>If you are out on a shopping trip, being able to quickly estimate the total cost of your shopping could help you to decide whether you have enough money to pay for it. Approximating answers to calculations is a very useful skill to have.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Remember the rounding rhyme that will help you:</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_2a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_2a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="2488494a" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_2a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="308"/>
                <Caption>Figure 4 ‘Four or less, let it rest. Five or more, raise the score!’</Caption>
                <Description>A rounding rhyme: ‘Four or less, let it rest. Five or more, raise the score!’</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Watch this video to refresh your knowledge on rounding. You should make notes throughout:</Paragraph>
            <MediaContent type="embed" src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/youtube:LGRoPAPMZhA" width="512" x_manifest="LGRoPAPMZhA_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
            <!--<EditorComment>(Matt Driver) Have rights been obtained for the YouTube video? We should rip this and include as proper media player film, with transcript, not embedded YouTube link </EditorComment>-->
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activities. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 15: Rounding to 10, 100 and 1 000</Heading>
                <Multipart>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>Round these numbers to the nearest 10:<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>64</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>69</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>65</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>648</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>271</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>587</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>Check with our suggestions before continuing.</Paragraph>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Figure>
                                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_2b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_2b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="ac9a2c15" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_2b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="101"/>
                                <Caption>Figure 5 A number line</Caption>
                                <Description>An illustration of a number line, with 64, 65 and 69 highlighted.</Description>
                            </Figure>
                            <Paragraph>You can see in Figure 5 that: </Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                                <ListItem>64 rounded to the nearest 10 is 60.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>69 rounded to the nearest 10 is 70.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>65 rounded to the nearest 10 is 70. (Remember: when a number is exactly halfway, you always round up. As the rhyme goes, ‘Five or more, raise the score!’)</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>The other answers are as follows:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList class="lower-alpha" start="4">
                                <ListItem>648 rounded to the nearest 10 is 650.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>271 rounded to the nearest 10 is 270.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>587 rounded to the nearest 10 is 590.</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>Now practise rounding to the nearest 100. The rule is exactly the same.</Paragraph>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList start="2">
                                <ListItem>Round these numbers to the nearest 100:<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>325</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>350</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>365</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 924</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 630</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 279</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>Check with our suggestions before continuing.</Paragraph>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Figure>
                                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_2c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_2c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="0b6f77ef" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_2c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="101"/>
                                <Caption>Figure 6 A number line</Caption>
                                <Description>An illustration of a number line, with 325, 350 and 365 highlighted.</Description>
                            </Figure>
                            <Paragraph>You can see in Figure 6 that:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                                <ListItem>325 rounded to the nearest 100 is 300.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>350 rounded to the nearest 100 is 400.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>365 rounded to the nearest 100 is 400.</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>The other answers are as follows:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList class="lower-alpha" start="4">
                                <ListItem>2 924 rounded to the nearest 100 is 2 900.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>1 630 rounded to the nearest 100 is 1 600.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>2 279 rounded to the nearest 100 is 2 300.</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>Now practise rounding to the nearest 1 000. </Paragraph>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList start="3">
                                <ListItem>Round these numbers to the nearest 1 000:<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>4 250</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>4 650</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>4 500</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>4 060</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>31 300</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>13 781</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>155 600</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Figure>
                                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_2d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_2d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="f8a17653" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_2d.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="100"/>
                                <Caption>Figure 7 A number line</Caption>
                                <Description>An illustration of a number line, with 4 060, 4 250, 4 500 and 4 650 highlighted.</Description>
                            </Figure>
                            <Paragraph>You can see in Figure 7 that:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                                <ListItem>4 250 rounded to the nearest 1 000 is 4 000.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>4 650 rounded to the nearest 1 000 is 5 000.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>4 500 rounded to the nearest 1 000 is 5 000.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>4 060 rounded to the nearest 1 000 is 4 000.</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>The other answers are as follows:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList class="lower-alpha" start="5">
                                <ListItem>31 300 rounded to the nearest 1 000 is 31 000.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>13 781 rounded to the nearest 1 000 is 14 000.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>155 600 rounded to the nearest 1 000 is 156 000.</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                </Multipart>
            </Activity>
            <Paragraph>We often round numbers in real life especially when shopping. Watch the video on  <a href="https://www.bbc.co.uk/teach/skillswise/rounding-and-estimating/zv8qcqt">the BBC Skillswise website</a> to learn more about real-life examples of rounding.</Paragraph>
            <!--            <Paragraph><EditorComment><b>{Visual item- could this be shown in an animated clip?}</b></EditorComment></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><EditorComment><b>Introduction with Bill, shopping activity;</b></EditorComment></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><EditorComment>{A young Bill is going shopping for his own weekly shop before becoming famous he has a budget of £20.00 and cannot exceed this, here are the items he selects, estimate if Bill has enough}.</EditorComment></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><EditorComment>Separate shopping list below;</EditorComment></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><EditorComment>Could we have a shopping clip of Bill selecting;</EditorComment></Paragraph>
-->
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Rounding to the nearest £</Heading>
                <Paragraph>The rule is that if the amount ends in 50p or more, round up to the £ above, and if the amount ends in less than 50p, the £ stays the same.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>For example:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>£6.32 = £6 to the nearest £ (because 32p is less than 50p)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>£42.51 = £43 to the nearest £ (because 51p is more than 50p)</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 16: Rounding to the nearest £</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Round the following amounts to the nearest £:</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>£5.20</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£1.70</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£7.35</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£13.13</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£23.51</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£128.85</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>£5</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£2</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£7</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£13</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£24</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£129</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </InternalSection>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 17: Bill’s shopping</Heading>
                <Multipart>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>Bill has £20 to spend on his shopping. Here’s a list of the items he selects, along with how much they cost: 
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_2e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_2e.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="05f61602" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_2e.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="404"/><Caption>Figure 8 A shopping list</Caption>
<Description>An illustration of a shopping list, featuring the following items and their prices: British beef mince, £2.20; eight thick beef sausages, £1.24, thick sliced white loaf, 72p; pasta (500g), 79p; corn flakes, £1.78; chocolate biscuits, £1.29; milk (6 pints), £2.12; potatoes, £1.98; tomatoes, 69p; bananas, 90p; apples, £1.49; coffee, £4.13.</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>Use your rounding skills to work out whether Bill has enough money to pay for all of his shopping. </Paragraph></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Box>
                                <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> In this activity you should round to the nearest pound, so £2.20 would be rounded to £2. </Paragraph>
                            </Box>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>Rounding all of the items should give you a total of £19 – so yes, Bill probably has enough money to pay for all of his shopping.</Paragraph>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList start="2">
                                <ListItem>Can you total all of the items on the shopping list to see what the actual cost of Bill’s shopping is?</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>The total cost of all of the items on the shopping list comes to £19.33, which is very close to the answer you achieved through rounding.</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>Well done! You have now successfully rounded and carried out some basic number work. Can you see the importance of rounding? This is especially important when sticking to a budget.</Paragraph>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                </Multipart>
            </Activity>
            <Section>
                <Title>2.1 Estimating answers to calculations</Title>
                <!--<Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_ml1_01_img_8.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_ml1_01_img_8.png" width="100%"/>
                </Figure>-->
                <Paragraph>Throughout this course you will be asked to estimate or approximate an answer in a scenario. If you do not use rounding to provide an answer to this question your answer will be incorrect. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Try the following activity using rounding throughout. Pay particular attention to the language used.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 18: Rounding</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The population of a city is 6 439 800. Round this number to the nearest million.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Tickets to a concert cost £6 each. 6 987 tickets have been sold. Approximately how much money has been collected?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>412 students passed their Maths GCSE this year at Longfield High School. 395 passed last year. Approximately how many students passed GCSE Maths over the last two years?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Four armchairs cost £595. What is the approximate cost of one armchair?
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_2-1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_2-1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="cbca4ec5" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_2-1.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="359"/><Caption>Figure 9 How much for one armchair?</Caption>
<Description>An illustration of an armchair that has a price tag reading ‘???’.</Description></Figure>
</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>A box contains 18 pencils. A company orders 50 boxes. Approximately how many pencils is that?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The population rounds to 6 000 000 (six million). This is because 6 439 800 is nearer to 6 million than 7 million.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>6 987 rounded to the nearest 1 000 is 7 000. If each ticket costs £6, the approximate total amount of money collected is:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>£6 × 7 000 = £42 000</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>412 to the nearest hundred is 400. 395 to the nearest hundred is also 400. So the total approximate number of students passing GCSE Maths is:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>400 + 400 = 800 students</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£595 to the nearest hundred is £600. So the approximate cost of one armchair is:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>£600 ÷ 4 = £150</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>18 rounded to the nearest 10 is 20. So the approximate total number of pencils is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>20 × 50 = 1 000 pencils</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph><b>Note</b>: 50 × 20 = 50 × 2 × 10 = 100 × 10 = 1 000.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <!--<Paragraph>By completing this topic you have learned how to estimate answers to calculations.</Paragraph>-->
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>So far you have worked with negative numbers, whole numbers, estimation, multiples and square numbers. All of the practised skills will help you with everyday tasks such as shopping, working with a budget and reading temperatures.  The objectives that you have covered are:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>the meaning of a positive and negative number</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>how to carry out calculations with whole numbers</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>how an approximate answer can help to check an exact answer</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>multiples and square numbers.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                    <Paragraph>Later in this course you will be looking at inverse calculations. This means reversing all operations to check that your answer is correct.</Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>Summary</Title>
                <Paragraph>By completing this section you have learned how to estimate answers to calculations.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>So far you have worked with negative numbers, whole numbers, estimation and multiples. All of the practised skills will help you with everyday tasks such as shopping, working with a budget and reading temperatures.  The objectives that you have covered are:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>the meaning of a positive and negative number</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>how to carry out calculations with whole numbers.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>how an approximate answer can help to check an exact answer.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>multiples and square numbers.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
            </Section>-->
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>3 Fractions</Title>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_3a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_3a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="d6ba04c7" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_3a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/>
                <Caption>Figure 10 Looking at fractions</Caption>
                <Description><Paragraph>A pie chart with four quarters. The top quarter reads ‘Fractions, decimals and percentages’. The other quarters read ‘<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>’, ‘0.25’ and ‘25%’; ‘<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>’ is highlighted.</Paragraph></Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>What is a fraction?</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>A fraction is defined as a part of a whole. So for example <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                            <mrow>
                                <mfrac>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>1</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>3</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                </mfrac>
                            </mrow>
                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, or ‘one third’, is one part of three parts, all of equal size.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1a_third.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s1\outputs\bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1a_third.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="9e415b0d" x_contenthash="77210000" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1a_third.png" x_imagewidth="295" x_imageheight="74"/>
                <Caption>Figure 11 Presenting a fraction: one third</Caption>
                <Description>A variety of ways of illustrating one third.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Fractions are an important feature of everyday life. They could ensure that you get the best deal when shopping – or that you receive the largest slice of pizza! As you go through this section, you’ll see how fractions could be used when you are shopping or within the workplace.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Fractions are related to decimals and percentages, which you’ll look at in the sections that follow this one.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>This section will help you to:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>order and compare fractions</ListItem>
                <ListItem>identify equivalencies between fractions </ListItem>
                <ListItem>calculate parts of whole quantities and measurements (e.g. calculate discounts in sales).</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>Please look at the following example before you carry out the activity:</Paragraph>
            <!--<Figure>
                <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\placeholder_342px.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/placeholder_342px.png" width="100%"/>
                <Caption><EditorComment>Video: An introduction to fractions</EditorComment></Caption>
            </Figure>-->
            <!--<Paragraph>A <b>fraction </b>is a part of a whole. Fractions are easier to understand if you see them. Take a cake, for example. If you cut it into two pieces of equal size, each piece is one half of the whole cake.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_ml1_01_img_11.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_ml1_01_img_11.png" width="100%"/>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Take each of the two halves. Cut each half into two pieces of equal size. Each piece is now one quarter of the whole cake.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_ml1_01_img_12.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_ml1_01_img_12.png" width="100%"/>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Now take each quarter and cut into two pieces of equal size. You should now have 8 pieces in total. Each piece is one eighth of the whole cake.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_ml1_01_img_13.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_ml1_01_img_13.png" width="100%"/>
            </Figure>-->
            <Paragraph>A <b>half</b> can be written as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                            <mrow>
                                <mfrac>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>1</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>2</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                </mfrac>
                            </mrow>
                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, i.e. one of two equal parts.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1b_half.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s1\outputs\bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1b_half.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="9e415b0d" x_contenthash="f2122d3c" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1b_half.png" x_imagewidth="295" x_imageheight="70"/>
                <Caption>Figure 12 Presenting a fraction: one half</Caption>
                <Description>A variety of ways of illustrating one half.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>A <b>quarter</b> can be written as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                            <mrow>
                                <mfrac>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>1</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>4</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                </mfrac>
                            </mrow>
                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, i.e. one of four equal parts.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1c_quarter.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s1\outputs\bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1c_quarter.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="9e415b0d" x_contenthash="445f7f1e" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1c_quarter.png" x_imagewidth="295" x_imageheight="64"/>
                <Caption>Figure 13 Presenting a fraction: one quarter</Caption>
                <Description>A variety of ways of illustrating one quarter.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>An <b>eighth</b> can be written as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                            <mrow>
                                <mfrac>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>1</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>8</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                </mfrac>
                            </mrow>
                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, i.e. one of eight equal parts.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1d_eighth.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s1\outputs\bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1d_eighth.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="9e415b0d" x_contenthash="338d77b3" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1d_eighth.png" x_imagewidth="295" x_imageheight="64"/>
                <Caption>Figure 14 Presenting a fraction: one eighth</Caption>
                <Description>A variety of ways of illustrating one eighth.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> The top of the fraction is called the numerator. The bottom of the fraction is called the denominator. <!--When the numerator of a fraction is 1, the larger the denominator, the smaller the fraction.-->Any fraction with a 1 on the top is called a ‘unit fraction’, so <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>2</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>3</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> and <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>12</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, for example, are all unit fractions.
</Paragraph>
            </Box>
            <Paragraph>A fraction may not have a 1 on the top. For example, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                            <mrow>
                                <mfrac>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>2</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>3</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                </mfrac>
                            </mrow>
                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> means ‘two out of three parts’, or ‘two thirds’.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1e_two-thirds.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s1\outputs\bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1e_two-thirds.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="9e415b0d" x_contenthash="d9d5bb7a" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1e_two-thirds.png" x_imagewidth="295" x_imageheight="73"/>
                <Caption>Figure 15 Presenting a fraction: two thirds</Caption>
                <Description>A variety of ways of illustrating two thirds.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Where there’s a will, there’s a fraction</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Lord Walton draws up a will to decide who will inherit the family estate. He proposes to leave <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>2</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of the estate to his son, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>3</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> to his daughter and <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>6</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> to his brother.</Paragraph>
                <NumberedList>
                    <ListItem>Who gets the biggest share?</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Who gets the smallest share?</ListItem>
                </NumberedList>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>When numerators of fractions are all 1, the larger the denominator of the fraction, the smaller the fraction.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Looking at the example above, the fractions can be put in order of size starting from the smallest:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>6</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>So:</Paragraph>
                <NumberedList>
                    <ListItem>The biggest share (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) goes to his son.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>The smallest share (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>6</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) goes to his brother.</ListItem>
                </NumberedList>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>If you’re asked to arrange a group of fractions into size order, it’s sometimes helpful to change the denominators to the same number. This can be done by looking for the lowest common multiple – that is, the number that all of the denominators are multiples of. </Paragraph>
            <Section>
                <Title>3.1 Using equivalent fractions</Title>
                <Paragraph>Equivalent fractions are fractions that are the same as each other, but are expressed in different ways. <a href="http://www.bbc.co.uk/skillswise/factsheet/ma17frac-l1-f-equivalent-fractions">The BBC Skillswise website has an explanation of equivalent fractions.</a></Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>To make an equivalent fraction, you multiply or divide the numerator (top) and denominator (bottom) by the same number. The size of the fraction is not altered. For example:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>In the fraction <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>6</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, the numerator is 4 and the denominator is 6.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>4 × 2 = 8</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>6 × 2 = 12</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>So <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>6</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>8</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>12</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>In the fraction <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>10</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>15</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, the numerator is 10 and the denominator is 15.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>10 ÷ 5 = 2</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>15 ÷ 5 = 3</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>So <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>10</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>15</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Looking at equivalent fractions</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Arrange the following fractions in order of size, starting with the smallest:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>12</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>You need to look at the bottom number in each fraction (the denominator) and find the lowest common multiple. In this case, the bottom numbers are 6, 3 and 12, so the lowest common multiple is 12: </Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>6 × 2 = 12</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>3 × 4 = 12</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>12 × 1 = 12</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Whatever you do to the bottom of the fraction you must also do to the top of the fraction, so that it holds the equivalent value. The third fraction, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>12</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, already has 12 as its denominator, so we don’t need to make any further calculations for this fraction. But what about <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>6</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> and <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>?</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>2 × <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> means calculating (2 × 3 = 6) and (2 × 6 = 12), so the equivalent fraction is <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>12</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>4 × <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> means calculating (4 × 1 = 4) and (4 × 3 = 12), so the equivalent fraction is <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>12</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Now you can now see the size order of the fractions clearly:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>12</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>12</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>12</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>So the answer is:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>12</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Use the examples above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <!--<Box>
                                <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Think back to the cake at the start of this section. </Paragraph>
                            </Box>-->
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 19: Fractions in order of size</Heading>
                    <Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>Put these fractions in order of size, with the smallest first:</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>
                            </ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Paragraph>Remember that when the numerator of a fraction is 1, the larger the denominator, the smaller the fraction.</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>From smallest to largest, the order is:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>
                            </ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem>What should you replace the question marks with to make these fractions equivalent?</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>?</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>?</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>8</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>?</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>?</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>8</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="3">
                                    <ListItem>Put these fractions in order of size, with the smallest first:</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Paragraph>You need to change to equivalent fractions to compare like-for-like. To do this, you need to look at the bottom numbers of the fractions (3, 5 and 10) and find the lowest common multiple. The lowest common multiple of 3, 5 and 10 is 30:</Paragraph>
                                <Extract>
                                    <Paragraph>3 × 10 = 30</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>5 × 6 = 30</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>10 × 3 = 30</Paragraph>
                                </Extract>
                                <Paragraph>Whatever you do to the bottom of each fraction, you must also do to the top:</Paragraph>
                                <Extract>
                                    <Paragraph>With <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you need to multiply the top and bottom numbers by 10 to make <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>With <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you need to multiply the top and bottom number by 6 to equal <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>18</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>With <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you need to multiply the top and bottom number by 3 to equal<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</Paragraph>
                                </Extract>
                                <Paragraph>The order of the fractions from smallest to largest is therefore:</Paragraph>
                                <Extract>
                                    <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>)</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>18</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>)</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>)</Paragraph>
                                </Extract>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>3.2 Drawing fractions</Title>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Drawing the fractions</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>If you need to compare one fraction with another, it can be useful to draw the fractional parts.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Look at the mixed numbers below. (A mixed number combines a whole number and a fraction.) Say you wanted to put these amounts in order of size, with the smallest first:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 3 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 1 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>To answer this you could look at the whole numbers first and then the fractional parts. If you were to draw these, they could look like this: </Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_3b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_3b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="58f533c1" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_3b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="238"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 16 Drawing the fractions</Caption>
                        <Description><Paragraph>An illustration that shows how to visualise 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 3 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> and 1 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</Paragraph></Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>So the correct order would be: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>1 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 3 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Use the example above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 20: Putting fractions in order</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>Put these fractions in order of size, smallest first:</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>5 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 6 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>
                    </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>Put these fractions in order of size, smallest first:</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 1 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>
                    </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The correct order would be: </ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 5 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 6 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>
                    </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>In this case, even though <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> is bigger than <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> and <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> is bigger than <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you need to look at the whole numbers first and then the fractions. The diagram illustrates this more clearly: </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_3c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_3c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="a108923f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_3c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="239"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 17 Drawing the fractions</Caption>
                            <Description><Paragraph>An illustration that shows how to visualise 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 5 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> and 6 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</Paragraph></Description>
                        </Figure>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>The correct order would be: </ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>1 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>
                    </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>Looking at the whole numbers, 1 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> would be the smallest because the other two mixed numbers are both greater than 2. To see which is bigger out of 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> or 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you need to compare the fraction part. Which is bigger: <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> or <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>To work this out, you could draw images as above, or you could use the method we looked at earlier where you change to equivalent fractions – the bottom numbers of the fractions are 5 and 2, and the lowest common multiple of 5 and 2 is 10:</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>5 × 2 = 10</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>2 × 5 = 10</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Whatever you do to the bottom, do to the top:</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>If you mulitiply the top and bottom numbers in <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> by 2, you make <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>If you mulitiply the top and bottom numbers in <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> by 5, you make <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) is smaller than <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>), so 2<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> is smaller than 2<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>. </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>3.3 Simplifying fractions</Title>
                <Paragraph>You may need to simplify a fraction. The following terms may also be used for this:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>cancelling </ListItem>
                    <ListItem>express in the lowest terms</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>express in the simplest form.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Paragraph>For example, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>8</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>12</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> is equivalent to (the same as) <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>2</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>3</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, which is the simplest way of writing this fraction.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Simplifying fractions</Heading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Simplify <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Simplify <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>To simplify a fraction, you need to divide the top and bottom numbers by the same value. You keep dividing down until you cannot get the fraction any smaller. Each time you divide, you must divide the top and bottom numbers by the same value.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>In order to simplify <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you need to find out what number will divide into 5 and 20. The only number that will divide into both 5 and 20 is 5:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>5 ÷ 5 = 1</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>20 ÷ 5 = 4</SubListItem>
<!--<SubListItem>Divide both numbers in <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>5</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>20</mn> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> by 5 to get <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>4</mn> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation></SubListItem>--></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>So <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>There are different ways to simplify <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> to the lowest form. For example, you can divide both numbers in <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> by 2:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>20 ÷ 2 = 10</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>30 ÷ 2 = 15</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>However, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>15</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> not the simplest form of the fraction. You can simplify the fraction further by dividing the top and bottom numbers by 5:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>10 ÷ 5 = 2</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>15 ÷ 5 = 3</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> is the simplest form of <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>. </Paragraph>
<Paragraph>However, you may have recognised that 10 will go into both 20 and 30, so you may have divided by 10 straightaway:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>20 ÷ 10 = 2</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>30 ÷ 10 = 3</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>The answer is the same, but dividing by 10 would have got you to the answer more quickly. </Paragraph>
</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 21: Simplifying fractions</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Simplify the following fractions:</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>25</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>8</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (the top and bottom numbers are divided by 5)</ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>25</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (the top and bottom numbers are divided by 5)</ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (the top and bottom numbers are divided 2)</ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>8</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (the top and bottom numbers are divided 2)</ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (the top and bottom numbers are divided 3)</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>3.4 Fractions of amounts</Title>
                <Paragraph>Have a look at the following examples, which demonstrate how you would find the fraction of an amount.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Finding fractions</Heading>
                    <SubHeading><i>Sale</i></SubHeading>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1w_s1_3_1a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="54609b94" x_contenthash="0b9d4555" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1w_s1_3_1a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="350"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 18 Fractions in a sale</Caption>
                        <Description><Paragraph>An illustration of a shop with posters reading ‘Sale: <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> off everything’ in its windows.</Paragraph></Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Say you go into a shop to buy a dress. Usually it would cost £90, but today it’s in the ‘<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> off’ sale. How much would you get off?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>The basic rule for finding a unit fraction of an amount is to divide by how many parts there are (the number on the bottom of the fraction) and multiply the result by the number at the top of the fraction. To work out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> off £90 is the same as:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>£90 ÷ 3 = £30</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>The sum £30 × 1 = £30, so you would get £30 off. </Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading><i>Survey</i></SubHeading>
                    <!--<Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_ml1_01_img_16.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_ml1_01_img_16.png" width="100%"/>
                    </Figure>-->
                    <Paragraph>In a survey, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of respondents said that they would like to keep the pound as the currency of the UK. If 800 people were surveyed, how many people wanted to keep the pound?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>Again, to find a fraction of an amount you need to divide by the number at the bottom of the fraction and then multiply that result by the number at the top of the fraction:</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>To answer this you need to first work out what <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of 800 people is.</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of 800 = 800 ÷ 4 = 200</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Then use the numerator (the top of the fraction) to work out how many of those unit fractions are needed: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of 800 = 3 × 200 = 600</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So 600 people wanted to keep the pound. </Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Use the example above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 22: Paying in instalments</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_3-1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_3-1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="9feb904a" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_3-1b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="359"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 19 How much would an extension cost?</Caption>
                            <Description>An illustration of a house.</Description>
                        </Figure>
                        <Paragraph>A family plans to have its kitchen extended.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The cost of this project is £12 000.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The builder they have chosen to carry out this job has asked for the money to be paid in stages:</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of the money to be paid before starting the project.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of the money to be paid a month later.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The remainder to be paid when the extension has been built.</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <Paragraph>How much is the builder asking for during Stage 1 and Stage 2?</Paragraph>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>To work out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £12 000 you need to divide £12 000 by 5.</Paragraph>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>12 000 ÷ 5 = 2 400
                        </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <Paragraph>Now multiply by the number on the top of the fraction: </Paragraph>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>2 400 × 1 = £2 400</ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <Paragraph>So at Stage 1 the builder will need £2 400.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>To work out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £12 000 you need to first work out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £12 000. To do this you need to divide £12 000 by 3.</Paragraph>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>12 000 ÷ 3 = 4 000
                        </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <Paragraph>You now need to work out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £12 000 so you multiply by the number on the top of the fraction:<!--So <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>2</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>3</mn> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £12,000 is:--></Paragraph>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>4 000 × 2 = 8 000
                        </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <Paragraph>So at Stage 2 the builder will need £8 000.</Paragraph>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>find equivalencies in fractions </ListItem>
                        <ListItem>order and compare fractions </ListItem>
                        <ListItem>find the fraction of an amount.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                    <Paragraph>The skills listed above can be used when you are shopping and trying to get the best deal, or when you are splitting a cake or a pizza, say, into equal parts. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>It’s important to be able to compare fractions, decimals and percentages in real-life situations. You’ll be looking at percentages later, but first you can look at decimals. </Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>Summary</Title>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>find equivalencies in fractions </ListItem>
                    <ListItem>order and compare fractions </ListItem>
                    <ListItem>find the fraction of an amount.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Paragraph>The skills listed above can be used when you are shopping and trying to get the best deal, or when you are splitting a cake or a pizza, say, into equal parts. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>It’s important to be able to compare fractions, decimals and percentages in real-life situations. You’ll be looking at percentages later, but first you can look at decimals. </Paragraph>
            </Section>-->
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>4 Decimals</Title>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_4a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_4a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="3485f92c" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_4a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/>
                <Caption>Figure 20 Looking at decimals</Caption>
                <Description><Paragraph>A pie chart with four quarters. The top quarter reads ‘Fractions, decimals and percentages’. The other quarters read ‘<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>’, ‘0.25’ and ‘25%’; ‘0.25’ is highlighted.</Paragraph></Description>
            </Figure>
            <!--<Paragraph><EditorComment>MD: This isn’t really an activity so I don’t think needs to be a reveal. In fact I think it would be better to lead with an example of using one of these. AEC: I have put an example into one of the objectives. Do you think we could place this as an animation?</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
            <Paragraph>Can you think of any examples of when you might come across decimal numbers in everyday life? </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>If you’re dealing with money and the decimal point is not placed correctly, then the value will be completely different, for example, £5.55 could be mistaken for £55.50.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Likewise with weights and measures: if the builder in the last activity made a wrong measurement, the whole kitchen extension could be affected. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>This section will help you to understand:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>the value of a digit in a decimal number</ListItem>
                <ListItem>ways of carrying out calculations with decimal numbers</ListItem>
                <ListItem>approximate answers to calculations involving decimal numbers. </ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>You looked at place value in the section on whole numbers. Now you’ll take a look at <!--how -->decimals<!-- fit into the table-->.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_4b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_4b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="0f3af636" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_4b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="265"/>
                <Caption>Figure 21 What is a decimal point?</Caption>
                <Description>An annotated illustration of the number 34.7. ‘3’ is labelled ‘tens’; ‘4’ is labelled ‘ones’; and ‘7’ is labelled ‘tenths’. The decimal point is also labelled.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>So what is a decimal point? </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>It separates a number into its whole number and its fractional part. So in the example above, 34 is the whole number, and the seven – or 0.7, as it would be written – is the fractional part. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Each digit in a number has a value that depends on its position in the number. This is its place value:</Paragraph>
            <Table>
                <TableHead/>
                <tbody>
                    <tr>
                        <th colspan="4">Whole number part</th>
                        <th>.</th>
                        <th colspan="3">Fractional part</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <th>Thousands</th>
                        <th>Hundreds</th>
                        <th>Tens</th>
                        <th>Units</th>
                        <th>.</th>
                        <th>Tenths</th>
                        <th>Hundredths</th>
                        <th>Thousandths</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>1000s</td>
                        <td>100s</td>
                        <td>10s</td>
                        <td>1s</td>
                        <td>.</td>
                        <td><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>s</td>
                        <td><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>s</td>
                        <td><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1,000</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>s</td>
                    </tr>
                </tbody>
            </Table>
            <Paragraph>Look at these examples, where the number after the decimal point is also shown as a fraction:</Paragraph>
            <Extract>
                <Paragraph>5.1 = 5 and <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>10</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>67.2 = 67 and <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>2</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>10</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>8.01 = 8 and <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>100</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
            </Extract>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Finding values</Heading>
                <Paragraph>If you were looking for the place value of each digit in the number 451.963, what would the answer be?</Paragraph>
                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Hundreds</th>
                            <th>Tens</th>
                            <th>Units</th>
                            <th>.</th>
                            <th>Tenths</th>
                            <th>Hundredths</th>
                            <th>Thousandths</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>4</td>
                            <td>5</td>
                            <td>1</td>
                            <td>.</td>
                            <td>9</td>
                            <td>6</td>
                            <td>3</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <Paragraph>So the answer is:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>4 hundreds</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>5 tens</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>1 unit</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>9 tenths (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>9</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>10</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>6 hundredths (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>6</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>100</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>3 thousandths (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1 000</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>)</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Use the example above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 23: Decimal dilemmas</Heading>
                <Multipart>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>Four children are taken to the funfair. One of the rides, the Wacky Wheel, has the following notice on it:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>For safety reasons, children must be over 0.95 m tall to go on this ride.</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>Margaret is 0.85 m tall.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>David is 0.99 m tall.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>Suha is 0.89 m tall.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>Prabha is 0.92 m tall.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>Who is allowed to go on the ride?
</ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                        </Question>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList start="2">
                                <ListItem>Six athletes run a race. Their times, in seconds, are as follows:</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Sonia</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">10.95</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Anjali</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">10.59</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Anita</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">10.91</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Aarti</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">10.99</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Sita</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">10.58</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Susie</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">10.56</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>Who gets the gold, silver and bronze medals?</ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                        </Question>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList start="3">
                                <ListItem>In a gymnastics competition, the following points were awarded to four competitors. Who came first, second and third?</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Janak</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">23.95</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Nadia</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">23.89</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Carol</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">23.98</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Tracey</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">23.88</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>Any child that is more than 0.95 m tall will be allowed on the ride. So to answer the question you need to compare the height of each child with 0.95 m.</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th/>
                                        <th>Tenths</th>
                                        <th>Hundredths</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Margaret</td>
                                        <td>8</td>
                                        <td>5</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>David</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Suha</td>
                                        <td>8</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Prabha</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                        <td>2</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>Comparing the tenths tells us that only two children may possibly be allowed on the ride: David and Prabha.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>If we go on to compare the hundredths, we see that only David is taller than 0.95 m.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>So only David would be allowed on the Wacky Wheel.</ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <NumberedList start="2">
                                <ListItem>You need to compare the tens, units, tenths and hundredths, in that order.</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th/>
                                        <th>Tens</th>
                                        <th>Units</th>
                                        <th>.</th>
                                        <th>Tenths</th>
                                        <th>Hundredths</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Sonia</td>
                                        <td>1</td>
                                        <td>0</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                        <td>5</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Anjali</td>
                                        <td>1</td>
                                        <td>0</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>5</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Anita</td>
                                        <td>1</td>
                                        <td>0</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                        <td>1</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Aarti</td>
                                        <td>1</td>
                                        <td>0</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Sita</td>
                                        <td>1</td>
                                        <td>0</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>5</td>
                                        <td>8</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Susie</td>
                                        <td>1</td>
                                        <td>0</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>5</td>
                                        <td>6</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>All of the times have the same number of tens and units, so it is necessary to go on to compare the tenths.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>The three times with the lowest number of tenths are 10.59, (Anjali), 10.58 (Sita) and 10.56 (Susie). If we now go on to compare the hundredths in these three times, we see that the lowest times are (lowest first): 10.56, 10.58 and 10.59.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>So medals go to:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>Susie (10.56 secs): gold</SubListItem><SubListItem>Sita (10.58 secs): silver</SubListItem><SubListItem>Anjali (10.59 secs): bronze</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <NumberedList start="3">
                                <ListItem>Again, we need to compare the tens, units, tenths and hundredths, in that order.</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th/>
                                        <th>Tens</th>
                                        <th>Units</th>
                                        <th>.</th>
                                        <th>Tenths</th>
                                        <th>Hundredths</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Janak</td>
                                        <td>2</td>
                                        <td>3</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                        <td>5</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Nadia</td>
                                        <td>2</td>
                                        <td>3</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>8</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Carol</td>
                                        <td>2</td>
                                        <td>3</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                        <td>8</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Tracey</td>
                                        <td>2</td>
                                        <td>3</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>8</td>
                                        <td>8</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>All the scores have the same number of tens and units. Looking at the tenths, two scores (23.95 and 23.98) have 9 tenths. If you compare the hundredths in these two numbers, you can see that 23.98 is bigger than 23.95.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>To find the third highest number, go back to the other two numbers, 23.89 and 23.88. Comparing the hundredths, you can see that 23.89 is the higher number. So the top three competitors are:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>Carol (23.98)</SubListItem><SubListItem>Janak (23.95)</SubListItem><SubListItem>Nadia (23.89)</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                </Multipart>
            </Activity>
            <Section>
                <Title>4.1 Approximations with decimals</Title>
                <Paragraph>Now you have looked at the place value system for decimals, can you use your rounding skills to estimate calculations using decimals? This skill would be needed in everyday life to approximate the cost of your shopping.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Approximations with decimals</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Give approximate answers to these. Round each decimal number to the nearest whole number before you calculate.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>2.7 + 9.1</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>9.6 cm – 2.3 cm</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>2.8 g × 2.6 g</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>9.6 ml × 9.5 ml</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>2.7 lies between 2 and 3, and is nearer to 3 than 2.
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_4_1a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_4-1a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="71b6710e" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_4_1a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="101"/><Caption>Figure 22 A number line</Caption><Description>An illustration of a number line, with 2.7 highlighted.</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>9.1 lies between 9 and 10, and is nearer to 9 than 10.</Paragraph>
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_4_1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_4-1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="fd722bea" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_4_1b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="101"/><Caption>Figure 23 A number line</Caption><Description>An illustration of a number line, with 9.1 highlighted.</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>So our approximate answer is:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3 + 9 = 12</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Similarly, 9.6 cm lies between 9 cm and 10 cm and is nearer to 10 cm than 9 cm, and 2.3 cm is nearer to 2 cm than 3 cm. So our approximate answer is: <UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>10 cm – 2 cm = 8 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>2.8 g is nearer to 3 g than 2 g, and 2.6 g is also nearer to 3 g than 2 g. So our approximate answer is: <UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3 g × 3 g = 9 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>9.6 ml is nearer to 10 ml than 9 ml. 9.5 ml is exactly halfway between 9 ml and 10 ml. When this happens we always round up, meaning that 9.5 ml is rounded up to 10 ml. So our approximate answer is: <UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>10 ml × 10 ml = 100 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Rounding to two decimal places</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You may be asked to round a number to two decimal places. All this means is if you are faced with lots of numbers after the decimal point, you will be asked to only leave two numbers after the decimal point. This is useful when a calculator gives us lots of decimal places. </Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Round 3.426 correct to two decimal places (we want two digits after the decimal point).</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>Look at the third digit after the decimal point.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>If it is 5 or more, round the previous digit up by 1. If it is less than 5, leave the previous digit unchanged.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The third digit after the decimal point in 3.426 is 6. This is more than 5, so you should round up the previous digit, 2, to 3.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>So the answer is 3.43.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList start="2">
                        <ListItem>Round 2.8529 to two decimal places.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>As in part (a) above, the question is asking you to round to two digits after the decimal point.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Look again at the third digit after the decimal point.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>This is 2 (less than 5) so we leave the previous digit (5) unchanged.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The answer is 2.85.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList start="3">
                        <ListItem>Round 1.685 to two decimal places.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Here, the third digit after the decimal point is 5, which means the previous digit (8) needs to be rounded up.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The answer is 1.69.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Use the example above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> ‘Five or more, raise the score!’</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 24: Rounding</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>Work out approximate answers to these by rounding each decimal number to the nearest whole number:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>3.72 + 8.4</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>9.6 – 1.312</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2.8 × 3.4</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>9.51 ÷ 1.5</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Round the following numbers to two decimal places:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>3.846</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2.981</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3.475</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>The nearest whole number to 3.72 is 4.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The nearest whole number to 8.4 is 8.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>So our approximate answer is:</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>4 + 8 = 12</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>The nearest whole number to 9.6 is 10.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The nearest whole number to 1.312 is 1.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>So our approximate answer is: </Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>10 – 1 = 9</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>The nearest whole number to 2.8 is 3.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The nearest whole number to 3.4 is 3.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>So our approximate answer is: </Paragraph>
                        
                            <Paragraph>3 × 3 = 9</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>The nearest whole number to 9.51 is 10.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The nearest whole number to 1.5 is 2.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>So our approximate answer is: </Paragraph>
                        
                            <Paragraph>10 ÷ 2 = 5</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>To round to two decimal places, look at the third digit after the decimal point. This is more than 5, so round the previous digit (4) up to 5.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The answer is 3.85.</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>In this case, the third digit after the decimal point is less than 5, so leave the previous digit unchanged.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The answer is 2.98.</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>The third digit after the decimal point here is 5. Remember in this case we always round up.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The answer is 3.48.</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <!--                <Paragraph>If you are still unsure about working with decimals, please look at the following resource:</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph><EditorComment>{Insert link for a instructional clip} – link to follow</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>4.2 Rounding money</Title>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Rounding money to the nearest 10p</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>We use rounding with money in real life when shopping on a budget or maybe checking a bill.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The rule is that if the amount ends in 5p or more, you round up to the next 10p above, and if the amount ends in less than 5p, the 10p digit remains unchanged. For example:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>43p ends in 3 (it’s less than 5) so it can be rounded down to 40p</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>78p ends in 8 (it’s more than 5) so it can be rounded up to 80p</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Activity 25: Rounding to the nearest 10p</Heading>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>Round the following amounts to the nearest 10p:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>13p</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>26p</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>35p</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£4.72</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£8.63</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£14.85</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>10p</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>30p</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>40p</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£4.70</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£8.60</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£14.90</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Activity>
                </InternalSection>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Rounding money to the nearest £</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>When rounding to the nearest £, the rule is that if the amount ends in 50p or more, round up to the £ above, and if the amount ends in less than 50p, the pound column remains unchanged. For example:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>£3.42 ends in 42 (it’s less than 50) so it can be rounded down to £3</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>£56. 67 ends in 67 (it’s more than 50) so it can be rounded up to £57</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Activity 26: Rounding to the nearest £</Heading>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>Round the following amounts to the nearest £:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>£6.30</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£9.70</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£0.50</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£13.12</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£26.17</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£52.50</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>£6</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£10</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£1</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£13</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£26</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£53</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Activity>
                </InternalSection>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>By completing this topic you have learned how to approximate answers to calculations involving decimal numbers.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>You have also learned how to round a decimal number to two decimal places and round money to the nearest 10p or £.</Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>4.3 Calculations using decimals</Title>
                <Paragraph>When you make any calculation with decimals – that is, addition, subtraction, multiplication and division – it is very important to make sure that the decimal point is in the correct place. If you don’t, you’ll get the wrong answer.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Adding and subtracting decimals</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>When we add or subtract decimals, it is important to line up the decimal points.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Calculate the following:</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>14.08 + 4.1</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>34.45 – 2.3</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method </SubHeading>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1w_s4_fig_1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="54609b94" x_contenthash="26af69b7" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1w_s4_fig_1.png" x_imagewidth="359" x_imageheight="152"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 24 Calculating using decimals</Caption>
                        <Description>How to calculate 14.08 + 4.1 and 34.45 – 2.3, where any spaces are filled with a zero.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 27: Using decimals</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Now try the following activity using written methods. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>4.2 + 3.7</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>6.7 – 5.1</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>42.19 + 13.5</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>74.8 – 24.3</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£163.25 + £27.12</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>2.1 m – 0.75 m</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>7.9</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>1.6</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>55.69</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>50.5</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£190.37</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>1.35 m</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <SubSection>
                    <Title>Multiplication</Title>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Multiplying decimals by 10, 100 and 1 000</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>When you multiply a decimal number by 10, all the numbers get 10 times bigger, so the decimal point moves one place to the right.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>When you multiply by 100, all the numbers get 100 times bigger, so the decimal point moves two places to the right.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>When you multiply by 1 000 all the numbers get 1 000 times bigger, so the decimal point moves three places to the right.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The following video shows you the correct method for multiplying decimal numbers by 10, 100 or 1 000:</Paragraph>
                        <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/youtube:X1HgWTsccKI" type="embed" x_manifest="X1HgWTsccKI_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                        <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 28: Multiplying decimals by 10, 100, 1000</Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>Calculate the following:</Paragraph>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>16.3 × 10</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>5.27 × 10</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>82.05 × 100</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>673.2 × 100</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>48.851 × 1 000</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>59.24 × 1 000</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>163</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>52.7</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>8 205</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>67 320</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>48 851</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>59 240</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Multiplying decimals</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>When multiplying decimal numbers, you should ignore the decimal point and use your usual method to multiply the numbers you are given.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>When you have your answer, count up the total number of decimal places (or ‘dp’) in both of the numbers you have multiplied.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Starting from the right-hand column of your answer, count the same number of decimal places (dp) to the left and place your decimal point.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Watch the following video for an explanation of multiplying decimal numbers:</Paragraph>
                        <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/youtube:YzdPPEqDpUI" type="embed" x_manifest="YzdPPEqDpUI_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 29: Multiplying decimals </Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>Complete this activity using the multiplication method you are most comfortable with.
Show your answers to two decimal places (2 dp).</Paragraph>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>0.7 × 4</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>0.3 × 0.4</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>18.7 × 3</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>6.31 × 2.2</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>1.9 × 0.59</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>2.35 × 1.78</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>Teabags cost £1.29 a box. How much will five boxes cost?</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>Alun earns £8.95 an hour. How much does he earn for 37.5 hours?</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>2.8</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>0.12</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>56.1</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>13.882  (13.88 to 2 dp)</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>1.121 (1.12 to 2 dp)</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>4.183 (4.18 to 2 dp)</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>£6.45</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>£335.625 (£335.63 to 2 dp)</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                </SubSection>
                <SubSection>
                    <Title>Division</Title>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Dividing decimals by 10, 100 and 1 000</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>When you divide a decimal number by 10, all the numbers get 10 times smaller, so the decimal point moves one place to the left.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>When you divide by 100, all the numbers get 100 times smaller, so the decimal point moves two places to the left.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>When you divide by 1 000, all the numbers get 1 000 times smaller, so the decimal point moves three places to the left.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Watch the following clip which will show you the correct method for dividing decimal numbers by 10, 100 or 1 000.</Paragraph>
                        <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/youtube:WJldAeh27nw" type="embed" x_manifest="WJldAeh27nw_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                        <!--<Paragraph>(Ideally we would have liked a video with simpler language (e.g. without the use of terms such as dividend), but this is the simplest explanation of the method we could find.)</Paragraph>-->
                        <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 30: Dividing decimals by 10, 100, 1 000</Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>Calculate the following:</Paragraph>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>57.08 ÷ 10</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>6.09 ÷ 10</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>433.57 ÷ 100</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>51.2 ÷ 100</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>899.34 ÷ 1 000</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>67.51 ÷ 1 000</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>5.708</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>0.609</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>4.3357</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>0.512</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>0.89934</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>0.06751</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Dividing a decimal number by a whole number</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>When you divide a decimal number by a whole number, you divide as normal and keep the decimal point in line.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The following video includes some examples:</Paragraph>
                        <MediaContent type="embed" src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/youtube:6FHL3J3FYaE" x_manifest="6FHL3J3FYaE_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                        <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 31: Dividing a decimal by a whole number</Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>Calculate the following:</Paragraph>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>8.46 ÷ 6</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>79.9 ÷ 5</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>70.38 ÷ 9</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>423.06 ÷ 3</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>0.845 ÷ 5</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>301.14 ÷ 8</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>If an electricity bill costs £527.40 per year, how much does it cost per month?</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>A taxi bill costs £34.80. If this is shared by four friends, how much will each person pay?</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>1.41</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>15.98</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>7.82</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>141.02</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>0.169</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>37.6425</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>£43.95 per month</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>£8.70 each</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Dividing a decimal number by another decimal number</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>When you divide a decimal number by another decimal number, you first have to change the number you are dividing by into a whole number. You do this by multiplying by either 10, 100 or 1 000.</Paragraph>
                        <CaseStudy>
                            <Heading>Example: Dividing a decimal number by another decimal number</Heading>
                            <Paragraph>Calculate the following:</Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>4.2625 ÷ 0.05</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                            <Paragraph>The number you are dividing by is 0.05, so to make it a whole number you multiply by 100 (that is, move the decimal point two places to the right): </Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>0.05 × 100 = 5</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <Paragraph>You then multiply the number you are dividing into by the same amount, in this example 100. The number you are dividing into is 4.2625, so:</Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>4.2625 × 100 = 426.25</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <Paragraph>Note how you do not have to change the number that you are dividing into a whole number.</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>The calculation you now have is:</Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>426.25 ÷ 5</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <Paragraph>Using the short division method, the calculation would be:</Paragraph>
                            <Figure>
                                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess4_fig2_3.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s1\outputs\bltl_wales_maths_sess4_fig2_3.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="9e415b0d" x_contenthash="9769e975" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess4_fig2_3.png" x_imagewidth="185" x_imageheight="105"/>
                                <Description>Calculating 426.25 ÷ 5 using the short division method.</Description>
                            </Figure>
                            <Paragraph>This could also be done using the long division method if this is the method you prefer to use:</Paragraph>
                            <Figure>
                                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess4_fig2_2.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s1\outputs\bltl_wales_maths_sess4_fig2_2.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="9e415b0d" x_contenthash="33315000" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess4_fig2_2.png" x_imagewidth="185" x_imageheight="322"/>
                                <Description>Calculating 426.25 ÷ 5 using the long division method.</Description>
                            </Figure>
                            <Paragraph>However you do the division, just make sure the decimal point goes in line in the answer with where it is in the number you are dividing.</Paragraph>
                        </CaseStudy>
                        <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 32: Dividing a decimal by a decimal</Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>Calculate the following, showing your answers to 2 dp when not exact:</Paragraph>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>1.5 ÷ 0.5</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>10.8 ÷ 0.03</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>13.25 ÷ 0.5</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>2.5 ÷ 0.04</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>56.9 ÷ 3.1</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>5.75 ÷ 1.1</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>If a tea urn holds 12.5 litres, how many 0.2 litre cups of tea will it provide?</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>A garden path is 9.5 metres long and paving slabs are 0.25 metres long each. How many paving slabs will it take to cover the length of the path?</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>3</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>360</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>26.5</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>62.5</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>18.35 (to 2 dp)</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>5.23 (to 2 dp)</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>62.5 cups</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>38 slabs</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                </SubSection>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>4.4 Decimal problems</Title>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 33: Using decimals</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Solve these problems involving decimal numbers without using a calculator.</Paragraph>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1w_s1_4_2a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="54609b94" x_contenthash="46182a3b" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1w_s1_4_2a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="532"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 25 Using decimals</Caption>
                            <Description>A montage of three illustrations: (<i>top left</i>) a bottle of milk, labelled £1.98, and a box of corn flakes, labelled £2.65; (<i>top right</i>) the Leaning Tower of Pisa, a moped and the label ‘I love Italy’; (<i>bottom</i>) four meals and a receipt totalling £56.60.</Description>
                        </Figure>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You buy a box of corn flakes for £2.65 and a bottle of milk for £1.98.
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>What is the total cost of these items?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>You pay for them with a £5 note. How much change should you get?</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You go on holiday to Italy. The rate of exchange is £1 = €1.4. How many euros do you get for £8?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You go out for a meal with three friends, and the total cost of the meal is £56.60. You decide to split the bill equally. How much does each of you pay?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Convert 6.25 m to cm. (Remember that 100 cm = 1 m.)</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>
<Paragraph>Add the cost of the two items: </Paragraph>
<Paragraph/>
<Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_4_2b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_4-2b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="e65e5249" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_4_2b.png" x_imagewidth="134" x_imageheight="75"/><Alternative>The sum £2.65 + £1.98 = £4.93.</Alternative></InlineFigure></Paragraph>
<Paragraph>(Keep the decimal points in line.) </Paragraph>
<Paragraph>The total cost of the items is £4.63.</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>
<Paragraph>Take away the total cost from £5:</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_4_2c.png" src_uri="file://\\dog.open.ac.uk\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_4-2c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="84b192a8" x_contenthash="1d564685" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_4_2c.png" x_imagewidth="133" x_imageheight="77"/><Alternative>The sum £5.00 – £4.63 = £0.37.</Alternative></InlineFigure></Paragraph>
<Paragraph>You should get 37p change from £5. You may have used a different method to work this out. </Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>
<Paragraph>Multiply the exchange rate in euros (€1.4) by the amount in pounds (£8):</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_4_2d.png" src_uri="file://\\dog.open.ac.uk\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_4-2d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="84b192a8" x_contenthash="da3940ef" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_4_2d.png" x_imagewidth="134" x_imageheight="74"/><Alternative>The sum 1.4 × 8 = 11.2.</Alternative></InlineFigure></Paragraph>
<Paragraph>So £8 = €11.20. You may have used a different method to work this out. </Paragraph>
</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>
<Paragraph>Divide the total cost (£56.60) by the number of people (4):</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_4-2e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_4-2e.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="93a9e1e9" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_4-2e.png" x_imagewidth="135" x_imageheight="55"/><Alternative>The sum 56.60 ÷ 4 = 14.15.</Alternative></InlineFigure></Paragraph>
<Paragraph>You would each pay £14.15.</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>
<Paragraph>To convert 6.25 m into cm, you need to multiply the amount by 100.</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>6.25 × 100 = 625</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>So the answer is 625 cm.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have learned about how:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>the value of a digit depends on its position in a decimal number</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>to approximate answers to calculations involving decimal numbers</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>to add, subtract, multiply and divide using decimal numbers.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                    <Paragraph>This will help when working with money and measurements.</Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
                <!--<Section>
                <Title>Summary</Title>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned about how:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>the value of a digit depends on its position in a decimal number</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>to approximate answers to calculations involving decimal numbers</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>to add, subtract, multiply and divide using decimal numbers.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Paragraph>This will help when working with money and measurements.</Paragraph>
            </Section>-->
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>5 Percentages</Title>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_5a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_5a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="f032cc8d" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_5a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/>
                <Caption>Figure 26 Looking at percentages</Caption>
                <Description><Paragraph>A pie chart with four quarters. The top quarter reads ‘Fractions, decimals and percentages’. The other quarters read ‘<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>’, ‘0.25’ and ‘25%’; ‘25%’ is highlighted.</Paragraph></Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Like fractions and decimals, you’ll see plenty of references to percentages in your everyday life. For example:</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_5b-alt.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_5b-alt.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="8be682c3" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_5b-alt.png" x_imagewidth="472" x_imageheight="519"/>
                <Caption>Figure 27 Examples of percentages</Caption>
                <Description>A montage of four illustrations: (<i>top left</i>) a T-shirt with a price tag reading ‘Sale: 10% off’; (<i>top right</i>) a clothes label reading ‘30% cotton, 70% polyester’; (<i>bottom left</i>) a bank advert labelled ‘Mortgage rate only 3% – our lowest in 20 years!’; (<i>bottom right</i>) a newspaper with the headline ‘Public sector employees awarded 10% increase!’. </Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>This section will help you to:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>order and compare percentages</ListItem>
                <ListItem>work out percentages in different ways</ListItem>
                <ListItem>understand how percentages increase and decrease</ListItem>
                <ListItem>recognise common equivalencies between percentages, fractions and decimals.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>So what is a percentage? </Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>It’s a number out of 100.</ListItem>
                <ListItem>40% means ‘40 out of every 100’.</ListItem>
                <ListItem>The symbol for percentage is %.</ListItem>
                <ListItem>100% means 100 out of 100. You could also say this as the fraction <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>100</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>100</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>You may have seen examples of percentages on clothes labels. ‘100% wool’ means that the garment is made entirely of wool and nothing else. ‘50% wool’ means that the garment is half made of wool, half made of other materials. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>The following example shows how to work out a percentage of an amount.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: How can you calculate percentage reductions?</Heading>
                <Paragraph>An online shop offers a 10% discount on a television that usually costs £400. How much discount do you get?</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>A percentage is a number out of 100, so 10% means ‘10 out of 100’. This could also be put as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>10</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>100</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, or 10 hundredths.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>There are different ways that percentages can be worked out. The method that you choose really depends on the numbers that you are working with.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Here are two methods for solving this problem:</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method 1</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>We start with finding 1%.</Paragraph>
                <!--<Paragraph>If we first work out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £400, we can then work out of <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>10</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £400. To find <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £400: </Paragraph>-->
                <Paragraph>To find 1% of an amount, divide by 100 (which you practised earlier in this session):</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>400 ÷ 100 = 4</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <!--<Paragraph>So 10/100 of £400 is:</Paragraph>-->
                <Paragraph>Once we know 1% of an amount, we can find any percentage by multiplying by the percentage we want to find. So to find 10%, we multiply the 1% figure by 10:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>4 × 10 = 40</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>The discount is £40.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>If you think of 10% as a large fraction, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>10</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>100</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you use the rule of dividing by the denominator (the bottom number in a fraction) and multiplying by the numerator (the top number). </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>There is an alternative method for finding the answer. </Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method 2</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>A percentage is a number out of 100, so 10% is <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>10</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>100</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, which is the same as saying <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>10</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>If we want to find out 10% of £400, that’s the same as finding out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>10</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £400: </Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>400 ÷ 10 = 40</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>This gives us the answer £40.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>If you can work out 10% of an amount, you can find lots of other percentages. Say, for example, you wanted to find 30% of  £60.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>First you find 10%, by dividing by 10 (method 2):</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>60 ÷ 10 = 6</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>30% is three lots of 10%, so once you know 10%, you multiply the amount by 3:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>6 × 3 = 18</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>So 30% of  £60 is  £18.</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Heading>Tips</Heading>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>To find 20%, find 10% first and then multiply by 2.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>To find 5%, find 10% first and then halve the answer (divide by 2).</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </Box>
                <Paragraph>Which method do you prefer?</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>Method 1 will work for any percentage and is a good method to use to find percentages using a calculator.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Method 2 can be used to work out percentages in your head if the numbers are suitable.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Paragraph>There are some other quick ways of working out certain percentages:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>50% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, so you can halve the amount (divide the amount by 2)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>25% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, so you can divide the amount by 4 (or you can halve and halve again)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>75% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, so you can divide the amount by 4 and then multiply by 3 (or you can find 50% and 25% of the amount, and then add the two figures together).</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <!--<Paragraph>If you want to know what 20% of a number is, work out 10% and multiply the answer by 2.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Similarly, if you want to know what 30% is, work out 10% and multiply the answer by 3.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>If you need to know 5%, work out 10% and then halve the answer.</Paragraph>-->
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Use whichever method you prefer to help you with the following activities. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 34: Finding percentages of amounts</Heading>
                <Multipart>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>You need to pay a 20% deposit on a holiday that costs £800. How much is the deposit?</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <SubHeading>Method 1</SubHeading>
                            <Paragraph>In order to identify how much the deposit is, you need to find out what 20% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £800 is. To do this, first you need to find out 1% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £800:</Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>800 ÷ 100 = 8</ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>So 20% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £800 is:</Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>8 × 20 = 160</ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>The deposit is £160.</Paragraph>
                            <SubHeading>Method 2</SubHeading>
                            <Paragraph>In order to calculate 10%, or <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you need to divide the number by 10:</Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>800 ÷ 10 = 80</ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>You now have 10% and you need 20%. Therefore you need to multiply your 10% by 2:</Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>80 × 2 = 160</ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>The deposit is £160.</Paragraph>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList start="2">
                                <ListItem>Work out the following using any preferred method without a calculator:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>50% of  £170</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>30% of  £250</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>25% of  £120</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>75% of  £56</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>80% of  £95</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>5% of   £620</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>There are different ways you could have worked out the answers to these calculations. One method is suggested in brackets in each case, but you may have used a different method.</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                                <ListItem>£85 (170 ÷ 2 = 85)</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£75 (Finding 10% is 250 ÷ 10 = 25, so 30% = 3 × 25 = 75)</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£30 (120 ÷ 4 = 30)</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£42  (75% is <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>; 56 ÷ 4 = 14, and then 14 × 3 = 42)</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£76 (Finding 10% is 95 ÷ 10 = 9.50, so 80% = 8 × 9.50 = 76)</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£31 (Finding 10% is 620 ÷ 10 = 62, so 5% = 62 ÷ 2 = 31)</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                </Multipart>
            </Activity>
            <Section>
                <Title>5.1 Percentage increases and decreases</Title>
                <Paragraph>You’ll often see percentage increases and decreases in sales and pay rises.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_5-1a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_5-1a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="85d69ef2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_5-1a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="270"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 28 Increasing and decreasing percentages</Caption>
                    <Description>A montage of two illustrations: (<i>left</i>) a price tag reading ‘Sale: everything reduced by 20%’; (<i>right</i>) a newspaper with the headline ‘Nurses demand 30% increase in London weighting allowance’. </Description>
                </Figure>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Anjali’s pay rise</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Anjali earns £18 000 per year. She is given a 10% pay rise. How much does she now earn?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>In order to identify Anjali’s new salary, you need to find out what 10% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>10</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>100</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £18 000 is. To do this, first you need to find out 1% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>100</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £18 000:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>18 000 ÷ 100 = 180</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So 10% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>10</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>100</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £18 000 is:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>10 × 180 = 1 800</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Alternatively, you could find 10% by dividing £18 000 by 10:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>18 000 ÷ 10 = 1 800</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Anjali’s pay rise is £1 800, so her new salary is:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>£18 000 + £1 800 = £19 800</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: A sale at the furniture shop</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>A furniture shop reduces all of its prices by 20%. How much does a £300 double bed cost in the sale?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>In order to identify the new price of the double bed, you need to find out what 20% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>20</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>100</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £300 is. To do this, first you need to find out 1% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>100</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £300:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>300 ÷ 100 = 3</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So 20% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>20</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>100</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £300 is: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>20 × 3 = 60</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>The discount is £60, so the sale price of the double bed is: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>£300 – £60 = £240</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Alternatively, you could find 20% of £300 by dividing by 10 (to find 10%) and then multiplying by 2:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>300 ÷ 10 = 30</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>30 × 2 = 60</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Use the examples above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 35: Calculating percentage increases and decreases</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You buy a car for £9 000. Its value depreciates (decreases) by 25% annually. How much will the car be worth at the end of the first year?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Since the start of the 21st century, the shares in the InstaBank have risen by 30%. If the price of one share was £10 in 2000, what is it worth now?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The same diamond ring is being sold at different prices, and with different percentage discounts, in two different shops. Which shop offers the better deal?<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_5c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_5c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="71f75662" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_5c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/><Caption>Figure 29 Comparing percentage discounts</Caption><Description>An illustration of two diamond rings. The ring from Shop A has a price tag of £500, with 25% off; the ring from Shop B has a price tage of £400, with 10% off.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>In order to identify how much the value of the car will decrease by, you need to find out what 25% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>25</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £9 000 is. You can work this out in several different ways. <!--To do this, first you need to find out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £9,000:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>9,000 ÷ 100 = 90</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>-->
Find 1% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>)  first:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>9 000 ÷ 100 = 90</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Then find 25% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>25</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) by multiplying by 25:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>25 × 90 = 2 250</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Alternatively, you could have found 25% of £9 000 by dividing 9 000 by 4 (25% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>):
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>9 000 ÷ 4 = 2 250</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <!--<ListItem>So <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>25</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £9,000 is:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>25 × 90 = 2,250</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>-->
                            <ListItem>The car’s value depreciates by £2 250 in the first year, so the value of the car at the end of the first year will be:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>£9 000 – £2 250 = £6 750</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>It might be easier in this example to convert £10 into pence (£10 = 1 000p). In order to identify the new value of the share, you need to find out what 30% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of 1 000p is. To do this, first you need to find out 1% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of 1 000p:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1 000 ÷ 100 = 10</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>So 30% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of 1 000p is: <UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>30 × 10 = 300</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
So the price of one share has increased by 300p (£3.00), so the one share is now worth:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>£10 + £3 = £13</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Alternatively, you could have found 10% by dividing by 10:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1 000 ÷ 10 = 100</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You would then multiply by 3 to find 30%:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3 × 100 = 300</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                            <!--<ListItem>The share’s value has increased by 300p, or £3, since 2000, so the current value of the share is:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>£10 + £3 = £13</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>-->
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="3">
                            <ListItem>
In order to identify Shop A’s discount, you need to find out what 25% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>25</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £500 is. To do this, first you need to find out 1% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £500:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>500 ÷ 100 = 5 </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
So 25% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>25</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £500 is:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>5 × 25 = 125 </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
The discount is £125, so you would have to pay:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>£500 – £125 = £375 </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You may have worked out 25% of £500 differently. Because 25% is the same as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you may have divided by 4:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>500 ÷ 4 = 125 </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Alternatively, you could have halved and halved again: 
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>500 ÷ 2 = 250</SubListItem><SubListItem>250 ÷ 2 = 125</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
In order to identify Shop B’s discount, you need to find out what 10% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £400 is. To do this, first you need to find out 1% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £400:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>400 ÷ 100 = 4 </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
So 10% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £400 is:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>4 × 10 = 40 </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
The discount is £40, so you would have to pay:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>£400 – £40 = £360 </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You may have found 10% of £400 by dividing by 10:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>400 ÷ 10 = 40</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList> 
Whichever method you used, Shop B offers the best deal.
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <!--<Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 15: Comparing discounts</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>The same diamond ring is being sold at different prices, and with different percentage discounts, in two different shops.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_5c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_5c.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 22 Comparing percentage discounts</Caption>
<Description>An illustration of two diamond rings. The ring from Shop A has a price tag of £500, with 25% off; the ring from Shop B has a price tage of £400, with 10% off.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Which shop offers the better deal?</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Please check your answers before you move on.</Paragraph>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Paragraph>In order to identify Shop A’s discount, you need to find out what 25% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>25</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £500 is. To do this, first you need to find out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £500:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList><ListItem>500 ÷ 100 = 5
                    </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>So <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>25</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £500 is:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList><ListItem>5 × 25 = 125
                    </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>The discount is £125, so you would have to pay:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList><ListItem>£500 – £125 = £375
                    </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>In order to identify Shop B’s discount, you need to find out what 10% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>10</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £400 is. To do this, first you need to find out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £400:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList><ListItem>400 ÷ 100 = 4
                    </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>So <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>10</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £400 is:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList><ListItem>4 × 10 = 40
                    </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>The discount is £40, so you would have to pay:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList><ListItem>£400 – £40 = £360
                    </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>So Shop B offers the best deal.</Paragraph>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>-->
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to calculate percentage increases and decreases. This will be useful when working out the value of a pay increase or how much an item will cost in a sale. You have also seen that there are different ways of working out percentages. You need to use the method that works for you.You may use different methods for working out different percentages.  </Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
                <!--<Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to calculate percentage increases and decreases. This will be useful when working out the value of a pay increase or how much an item will cost in a sale. You have also seen, and successfully used, two methods of calculating a percentage. There is one method that you haven’t been shown (and it’s probably the easiest!): using the percentage button on your calculator. The percentage button looks like this:</Paragraph>-->
                <!--<Paragraph><EditorComment>Percentage button image</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>5.2 Finding percentages using a calculator</Title>
                <Paragraph>There are different ways to work out percentages on a calculator. You can work out any percentage on a calculator by dividing by 100 first (to find 1%) and then multiplying the amount by the percentage you need.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>If you were asked to work out 20% of 80, you could do the following:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>80 ÷ 100 = 0.8</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>0.8 × 20 = 16
</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>However, most calculators (including those on a mobile phone) will often have a percentage button. The percentage button looks like this:</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_5-1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_5-1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="9aa15a72" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_5-1b.png" x_imagewidth="300" x_imageheight="260"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 30 The percentage button on a calculator</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a calculator, with the percentage button (%) highlighted.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>To successfully use it when calculating percentages you would enter the sum into your calculator as follows.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>If you were asked to find 20% of 80, on your calculator you would input:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>80 × 20%</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>This would give you the following answer:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>80 × 20% = 16</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>If you were asked to find 20% of 80, on your calculator you would input:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>20% × 80</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>This would give you the following answer:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>20% × 80 = 16</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>Different calculators may work in different ways so you need to familiarise yourself with how to use the % button on your calculator.
</Paragraph>
                <!--<Paragraph>This is by far the easiest way of calculating percentages when you have a calculator handy. </Paragraph>-->
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to solve problems using percentages, and how to calculate percentage increases and decreases.</Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>Summary</Title>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to calculate percentage increases and decreases. This will be useful when working out the value of a pay increase or how much an item will cost in a sale.</Paragraph>
            </Section>-->
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>6 Equivalencies between fractions, decimals and percentages</Title>
            <Paragraph>Fractions, decimals and percentages are different ways of saying the same thing. It’s an important skill to learn about the relationships (or ‘equivalencies’) between fractions, decimals and percentages to make sure you are getting the better deal.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_6.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_6.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="7fdafbca" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_6.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="571"/>
                <Caption>Figure 31 Looking at equivalencies</Caption>
                <Description><Paragraph>A montage of three illustrations: (<i>top left</i>) a poster reading ‘50% of the population will be obese by 2050’; (<i>top right</i>) a price tag reading ‘Closing down sale: everything <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> price; (<i>bottom</i>) a newspaper with the headline ‘£2.5 million damages awarded for invasion of privacy’.</Paragraph></Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Here are some common equivalencies. Try to memorise them – you will come across them a lot in everyday situations:</Paragraph>
            <Extract>
                <Paragraph>10% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>10</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 0.1</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>20% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>5</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 0.2</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>25% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>4</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 0.25</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>50% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>2</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 0.5</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>75% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>3</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>4</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 0.75</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>100% = 1 = 1.0</Paragraph>
            </Extract>
            <Paragraph>Look at the following example. If you can identify equivalences, they’ll make it easier to make simple calculations. </Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Mine’s a half</Heading>
                <Paragraph>What is 50% of £200?</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>Since 50% is the same as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>2</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, so:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>50% of £200 = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £200 = £100</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Refer to the common equivalencies above (if you need to) to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 36: Looking for equivalencies</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>What is 0.75 as a fraction?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>If you walked 0.25 km each day, what fraction of a kilometer have you walked? </ListItem>
                        <ListItem>House prices have increased by <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> in the last five years. What is this increase as a percentage?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A DIY shop is holding a ‘50% off’ sale on kitchens. What is this discount as a fraction?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>You buy an antique necklace for £3 000. After ten years, its value increases by 20%. What is this increase as a decimal?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A headline reads ‘Number of Welsh speakers predicted to rise by 10%’. What is this rise a fraction?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>What percentage of an hour is 15 minutes?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>0.75 as a fraction is <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>. </ListItem>
                        <ListItem>0.25 is the same as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, so you will have walked <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of a kilometre.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> is the same as 50%, so the increase is 50%.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>50% is the same as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, so the discount as a fraction is <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>20% is the same as 0.2, so the increase as a decimal is 0.2.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>10% is the same as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, so according to the headline, the number is predicted to rise by <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>. </ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Think of this as a fraction first: 15 minutes is a quarter (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of an hour. <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> is the same as 25%, so 15 minutes is 25% of an hour. 
</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
                <!--<Answer>
<NumberedList>
<ListItem><Paragraph>20% is the same as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>5</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>600 ÷ 5 = 120</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So 20% of £600 is £120. </Paragraph></ListItem>
<ListItem><Paragraph>0.25 is the same as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>4</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation>. There are 1,000 m in 1 km.</Paragraph>
    <UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1,000 ÷ 4 = 250</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So walking 0.25 km is the same as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>250</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>1,000</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> m, simplified to <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>25</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation>, or <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>4</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of a kilometre.</Paragraph></ListItem>
<ListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>2</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> is the same as 50%.</Paragraph><Paragraph>So house prices have increased by 50% in the last five years.</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
<ListItem><Paragraph>50% is the same as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>2</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>8,000 ÷ 2 = 4,000</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>The discount is £4,000, so the cost of a new kitchen worth £8,000 in the sale is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>£8,000 – £4,000 = £4,000</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
<ListItem><Paragraph>20% is the same as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>5</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation>. </Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3,000 ÷ 5 = 600</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>The new value of necklace is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>£3,000 + £600 = £3,600</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem></NumberedList>
</Answer>-->
            </Activity>
            <Paragraph>If you find that you are struggling to understand how to convert, please look at the following resource:</Paragraph>
            <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/15_ani_decimals.mp4" type="video" width="512" x_manifest="15_ani_decimals_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="3816b519" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="a6eb9a22" x_subtitles="15_ani_decimals.srt">
                <Transcript>
                    <Paragraph>In this video, you’re going to look at equivalent fractions, decimals and percentages. First, let’s look at turning fractions into decimals. You have the fraction one quarter. To turn this into a decimal, you need to divide the top of the fraction by the bottom. 1 divided by 4 equals 0.25. Therefore, 0.25 is the equivalent decimal. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Let’s have a look at another fraction, three fifths. (Remember, divide the top of the fraction by the bottom.) 3 divided by 5 equals 0.6. So 0.6 is the equivalent decimal. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Now let’s try one last fraction see if you can calculate it before the answer is revealed! Two fifths: divide the top by the bottom. 2 divided by 5 equals 0.4. So the decimal is 0.4. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Now let’s use the decimals that we’ve calculated to find the percentage equivalent. A percentage is out of 100. Remember, ‘cent’ means 100. So to turn a decimal into a percentage, you need to multiply the decimal by 100. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>For example, 0.25 times 100 equals 25. This is 25%. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>0.6 times 100 equals 60, 60%. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>0.4 times 100 equals 40. This is 40%. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Now, looking at the table, you can see how fractions, decimals and percentages relate to each other. You just need to remember the basic rules of turning a fraction into a decimal: you divide the top by the bottom, then, once you have the decimal, you can convert to per cent by multiplying by 100, remembering that ‘cent’ means 100. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Thank you for watching. Now you have a go. </Paragraph>
                </Transcript>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/15_ani_decimals.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/AV/15_ani_decimals.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="9574014c" x_imagesrc="15_ani_decimals.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="288"/>
                </Figure>
            </MediaContent>
            <!--<Paragraph><EditorComment>{Insert clip for instruction on conversions as a second option for a recap}. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Iq-6CjlEUW4">An example from corbett maths</a> {here is an example from corbett maths, could we create a more animated version of this?}</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Knowing the common equivalencies between fractions, decimals and percentages is important when trying to compare discounts when shopping or choosing a tariff when paying your bills.</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>Summary</Title>
                <Paragraph>Knowing the common equivalencies between fractions, decimals and percentages is important when trying to compare discounts when shopping or choosing a tariff when paying your bills.</Paragraph>
            </Section>-->
            <!--<InternalSection>
<Heading>Summary</Heading>
<Paragraph>In this section you have learned about common equivalencies between fractions, decimals and percentages.</Paragraph>
</InternalSection>-->
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>7 Ratios</Title>
            <Paragraph>Along with proportion (which you’ll look at in the next section), you use ratio in everyday activities such as gardening, cooking, cleaning and DIY.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_7.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_7.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="f692d127" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_7.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/>
                <Caption>Figure 32 Talking ratios</Caption>
                <Description>An illustration of two people talking. Person A: ‘For example, if you need to make ratatouille for four people and you have a recipe to make it for six people, what do you do?’ Person B: ‘That’s easy – you make it for six people and have the leftovers yourself!’ Person A: ‘So what if you have a recipe for four people and need to make a meal for six people?’ Person B: ‘Apologise to two of them and buy them fish and chips?’</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Ratio is where one number is a multiple of the other. To find out more about ratios, read the following example.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: How to use ratios</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Suppose you need to make up one litre (1 000 ml) of bleach solution. The label says that to create a solution you need to add one part bleach to four parts water. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>This is a ratio of 1 to 4, or 1:4. This means that the total solution will be made up of: </Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>One part + four parts = five parts</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>If we need 1 000 ml of solution, this means that one part is: </Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>1 000 ml ÷ 5 = 200 ml</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>The solution needs to be made up as follows:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Bleach: one part × 200 ml = 200 ml</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Water: four parts × 200 ml = 800 ml</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>So to make one litre (1 000 ml) of solution, you will need to add 200 ml of bleach to 800 ml of water.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>You can check your answer by adding the two amounts together. They should equal the total amount needed:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>200 ml + 800 ml = 1 000 ml</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>Use the example above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 37: Using ratios</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>There are 17 students in a class: ten are male and seven are female. Write the ratio of male to female students.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>The ratio of sand to cement required to make concrete is 3:1.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>If you have 40kg of cement, how much sand should you have?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Read the label from a bottle of wallpaper stripper:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>Dilute: add 1 part wallpaper stripper to 7 parts water.</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>How much wallpaper stripper and water is needed to make 16 litres of solution?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>To make a solution of hair colourant you need to add one part of hair colourant to four parts of water. How much hair colourant and water is needed to make 400 ml of solution?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>10:7</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A ratio of 3:1 means three parts of sand to one part of cement, making four parts in total. If the cement (one part) is 40kg, then the sand (three parts) will be:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3 × 40 kg = 120 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<!--<Paragraph>So 60 m<sup>3</sup> of concrete requires:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>Sand: three parts × 15 m<sup>3</sup> = 45 m<sup>3</sup></Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Cement: one part × 15 m<sup>3</sup> = 15 m<sup>3</sup></Paragraph>
</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>You can confirm that these figures are correct by adding them and checking that they match the amount needed:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>45 m<sup>3</sup> + 15 m<sup>3</sup> = 60 m<sup>3</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>--></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>
                    <Paragraph>A ratio of 1:7 means one part of wallpaper stripper to seven parts of water, making eight parts in total.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>We need 16 litres of solution. If eight parts are worth 16 litres, this means that one part is worth: </Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>16 litres ÷ 8 = 2 litres</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So 16 litres of solution requires:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>Wallpaper stripper: one part × 2 litres = 2 litres</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Water: seven parts × 2 litres = 14 litres</Paragraph>
</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>You can confirm that these figures are correct by adding them and checking that they match the amount needed:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 litres + 14 litres = 16 litres</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>The ratio of 1:4 means one part hair colourant to four parts water, making five parts in total.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>We need 400 ml of solution. If five parts are worth 400 ml, this means that one part is worth: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>400 ml ÷ 5 = 80 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So 400 ml of solution requires:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>Hair colourant: one part × 80 ml = 80 ml</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Water: four parts × 80 ml = 320 ml</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>You can confirm that these figures are correct by adding them and checking that they match the amount needed:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>80 ml + 320 ml = 400 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>Summary</Title>
                <Paragraph>In this topic you have learned how to use ratio to solve problems in everyday life. This could be when you are mixing concrete, hair colourant or screen wash. Can you think of any more examples where you might need to use ratio?</Paragraph>
            </Section>-->
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>You have now learned how to use ratio to solve problems in everyday life. This could be when you are mixing concrete, hair colourant or screen wash. Can you think of any more examples where you might need to use ratio?</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>8 Proportion</Title>
            <Paragraph>Proportion is used to scale quantities up or down by the same ratio. This is shown in the following example – what happens if you want to adapt a favourite recipe to serve more people?</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Using proportion for more portions …</Heading>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s1_8.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_8.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="cd569763" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_8.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 33 A cake</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a cake.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Here is a recipe for making a sponge cake for four people:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>4 oz self-raising flour</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>4 oz caster sugar</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>4 oz butter</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>2 eggs</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>How much of each ingredient is needed to make a cake for eight people?</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>To make a cake for eight people you need twice the amount of each ingredient:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>8 oz self-raising flour (4 × 2)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>8 oz caster sugar (4 × 2)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>8 oz butter (4 × 2)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>4 eggs (2 × 2)</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Use the example above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 38: Scaling up recipes</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>This recipe makes ten large cookies:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>220 g self-raising flour</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>150 g butter</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>100 g caster sugar</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 eggs</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>How much of each ingredient is needed to make 20 cookies?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>This recipe makes four servings of strawberry milkshake:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>800 ml milk</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>200 g strawberries</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>4 scoops of ice cream</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>How much of each ingredient is needed for two people?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>This recipe makes dessert for two people:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>300 ml milk</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>60 g powder</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>How much of each ingredient is needed to serve six people?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>To make 20 cookies you need twice as much of each ingredient:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>440 g flour (220 × 2)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>300 g butter (150 × 2)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>200 g sugar (100 × 2)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>4 eggs (2 × 2)</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>To make milkshakes for two people you need half as much of each ingredient:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>400 ml milk (800 ÷ 2)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>100 g strawberries (200 ÷ 2)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 scoops of ice cream (4 ÷ 2)</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>To make dessert for six people you need three times the amount of each ingredient:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>900 ml milk (300 × 3)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>180 g powder (60 × 3)</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Paragraph>Once you have checked your answers and have got them all correct, please have a go at the next activity.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 39: Looking at ratio and proportion</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph><b>Note:</b> Calculators not allowed.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>A label on a bottle of curtain whitener says that you should add one part concentrated curtain whitener to nine parts water. </Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>How much curtain whitener and water is needed to make up a 2 000 ml solution?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Here is a recipe for a low-fat risotto for two people:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>200 g mushrooms</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>175 g rice</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>180 ml water</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>180 ml evaporated milk</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Salt and pepper</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>How much of each ingredient is needed if you want to cook enough risotto for six people?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>A ratio of 1:9 means one part curtain whitener to nine parts water, making ten parts in total.</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>You need 2 000 ml of solution. If ten parts are worth 2 000 ml, this means that one part is worth: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 000 ml ÷ 10 = 200 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So 2 000 ml of solution requires:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>Curtain whitener: one part × 200 ml = 200 ml</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>Water: nine parts × 200 ml = 1 800 ml</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>You can confirm that these figures are correct by adding them and checking that they match the amount needed:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>200 ml + 1 800 ml = 2 000 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>To make enough risotto for six people you need three times as much of each ingredient:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>600 g of mushrooms (200 × 3)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>525 g of rice (175 × 3)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>540 ml of water (180 × 3)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>540 ml of evaporated milk (180 × 3)</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to use proportion to solve simple problems in everyday life, for example when adapting recipes.</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>Summary</Title>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to use proportion to solve simple problems in everyday life, for example when adapting recipes.</Paragraph>
            </Section>-->
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>9 Word formulas<!-- and function machines--></Title>
            <Paragraph>You see formulas in everyday life, but sometimes it can be tricky to spot one that’s written in words. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>So what’s a formula? It’s a rule that helps you to work out an amount, you will see this when cooking, working out how much you are going to get paid or your household bills. </Paragraph>
            <!--<Paragraph>A process that involves more than one formula needs a function machine, which we’ll look at a little later.</Paragraph>-->
            <Paragraph>You use formulas a lot throughout a normal day, as the examples below show.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: A formula to calculate earnings</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Daniel is paid £6.50 per hour. How much does he earn in ten hours?</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>You’re told that ‘Daniel is paid £6.50 per hour’. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>This is a formula. You can use it to work out how much Daniel earns in a given number of hours. The calculation you need to do is:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Daniel’s pay = £6.50 × number of hours </Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>You’ve been asked how much Daniel earns in ten hours, so put ‘10’ into the calculation in place of ‘number of hours’:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>£6.50 × 10 = £65.00</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>You can use the same formula to work out how much Daniel earns for any number of hours.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>You will need to be able to use formulas that have more than one step. The next example looks at a two-step formula. </Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: A cooking formula</Heading>
                <Paragraph>What are the two steps in word formulas? Watch the following video to find out.</Paragraph>
                <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/16_ani_formulas_in_words.mp4" type="video" width="512" x_manifest="16_ani_formulas_in_words_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="3816b519" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="7b59de74" x_subtitles="16_ani_formulas_in_words.srt">
                    <Transcript>
                        <Paragraph>A chicken takes 20 minutes per kilogram to cook, plus an extra 30 minutes. So how long does a 1.5-kilogram chicken take to cook? The formula here is 20 minutes per kilogram, plus 30 minutes. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>So to work out how long a 1.5-kilogram chicken takes to cook, you’ll need a formula with two steps. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Step 1: 20 minutes times number of kilograms. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Step 2: add 30 minutes. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>So if you write this out as a formula: 20 times number of kilograms plus 30 equals cooking time. You don’t need to worry about why there are brackets in this formula. That’s how we know that we need to do this sum first before we add the 30 minutes. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Then you just need to put the numbers in the right place. In this case, you would replace number of kilograms with 1.5. 20 times 1.5 plus 30 equals 60 minutes. Your chicken will take one hour to cook. </Paragraph>
                    </Transcript>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/16_ani_formulas_in_words.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/AV/16_ani_formulas_in_words.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="c00c4335" x_imagesrc="16_ani_formulas_in_words.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="288"/>
                    </Figure>
                </MediaContent>
                <!--<Paragraph><EditorComment>From Matt Driver: Is this film by Magic Beans? If so I’d bring this up into the section as key teaching rather than an optional extra. There is too little AV so far</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
                <!--                    <Paragraph>A chicken takes 20 minutes per kilogram to cook, plus an extra 30 minutes. How long does a 1.5 kg chicken take to cook? </Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>The formula here is ‘20 minutes per kilogram, plus 30 minutes’. So to work out how long a 1.5 kg chicken takes to cook, you’ll need a formula with two steps:</Paragraph>
<Extract><Paragraph>Step 1: 20 minutes × number of kilograms</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Step 2: Add 30 minutes</Paragraph></Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So if you write this out as a formula:</Paragraph>
<Extract><Paragraph>(20 × number of kilograms) + 30 = cooking time</Paragraph></Extract>
                    <Paragraph><EditorComment>Note to author: Brackets are covered in BIDMAS in Level 2. Should we have a note to say why we’ve added brackets? Even if it’s something like: ‘You don’t need to worry about why there are brackets in this formula – that’s how we know that we need to do this sum first, before we add the 30 minutes.’</EditorComment></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Then you just need to put the numbers in the right place. In this case, you would replace ‘number of kilograms’ with 1.5: </Paragraph>
<Extract><Paragraph> (20 × 1.5) + 30 = 60 minutes</Paragraph></Extract>-->
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now test your learning with the following word problems.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 40: Using formulas</Heading>
                <Multipart>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>Harvey earns £7.75 per hour. How much will Harvey earn in 8 hours?</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>To answer this you need to multiply the amount Harvey earns in an hour (£7.75) by the number of hours (eight):</Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>£7.75 × 8 = £62.00
                                </ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList start="2">
                                <ListItem>A joint of pork takes 40 minutes per kilogram to cook, plus an extra 30 minutes to ensure the outside is crisp.
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem>How long will it take for a 2 kg joint of pork to cook? </SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How long will it take for a 1.5 kg joint of pork to cook?</SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList> </ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                                <ListItem><Paragraph>You need to use a two-step formula to answer each of these questions. To work out how long a 2 kg joint of pork takes to cook, you’ll need a formula with two steps:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>Step 1: 40 minutes × number of kilograms</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Step 2: Add 30 minutes</Paragraph>
</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>Written as a formula, this is:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>(40 × number of kilograms) + 30 = cooking time</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>So a 2 kg joint would take: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>(40 × 2) + 30 = 110 minutes, or 1 hour and 50 minutes</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                <ListItem>Using the same formula, a 1.5 kg joint would take:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>(40 × 1.5) + 30 = 90 minutes, or 1 hour and 30 minutes</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList start="3">
                                <ListItem>A mobile phone contract costs £15 a month for the first four months, then £20 a month after that. How much will the phone cost for one year?</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>The information in the question gives you two formulas. To answer the question you need to find the answers to both formulas and add the results together.</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>The contract costs £15 a month for the first four months. So the formula for this part of the contract is: </Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>£15 × 4 = £60
                                </ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>After the first four months the contract is £20 a month. The question asks you the total cost of the phone contract for one year, so you need to calculate how much you would pay for another eight months:</Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>£20 × 8 = £160
                                </ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>So the total cost of the contract for one year is: </Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>£60 + £160 = £220
                                </ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                </Multipart>
            </Activity>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>9.2 Function machines</Title>
<Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_9-2a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/Assets/01%20ES%20Temporary/bltl_m1_s1_9-2a.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 28 A function machine</Caption>
<Description>An illustration of a function machine. The rules for the machine are to multiply by 3 and add 6.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Function machines can help when you are working with any formula that has more than one step. The difference between formulas and function machines is that you must follow a function machine in the correct order from left to right, or top to bottom, as shown in the example below. In the Level 2 course on maths you will see that when you use formulas, the BIDMAS rule must be followed.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Marathon training</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Dominic wants to run a marathon in under four hours. He finds the following method to work out his expected marathon time:</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_9-2b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/Assets/01%20ES%20Temporary/bltl_m1_s1_9-2b.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 29 A function machine flow chart</Caption>
<Description>An illustration of a function machine flow chart. The rules are: ‘Best time for a practice run in minutes’; ‘Multiply by 2’; ‘Add 30’; ‘Expected marathon time in minutes’.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Dominic’s best time for a practice run is 98 minutes. If he runs a marathon at the same pace, will he complete it in less than four hours?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>Dominic’s best practice run is 98 minutes, so you need to put 98 as the first number in the function machine:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>98 × 2 + 30 = expected marathon time </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>98 × 2 + 30 = 226 minutes</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So to answer the question: yes, if Dominic runs a full marathon at the same pace he runs during practice, he would finish the marathon in under four hours.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now you have read the example, please have a go at the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 22: Using function machines</Heading>
                    <Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
<NumberedList>
<ListItem>The battle of the bands will take place in the youth club hall.
<Figure><Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_9-2c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/Assets/01%20ES%20Temporary/bltl_m1_s1_9-2c.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 30 A youth club</Caption><Description>An illustration of a youth club hall measuring 10m by 20m.</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>Shazad uses the following rule to find out the number of people allowed in any hall:</Paragraph>
<Figure><Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_9-2d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/Assets/01%20ES%20Temporary/bltl_m1_s1_9-2d.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 31 A function machine flow chart</Caption><Description>An illustration of a function machine flow chart. The rules are: ‘Area of hall in square metres’; ‘Multiply by 2’; ‘Subtract 10’.</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>What is the number of people allowed in the youth club hall?</Paragraph></ListItem>
</NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Paragraph>If you were to write the function machine as a formula, it would look like this:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList><ListItem>(Area of hall in square metres × 2) – 10 = number of people allowed in the youth club hall
                                </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>The area of the hall in square metres is:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList><ListItem>10 × 20 = 200 m² 
                                </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>So we would replace ‘Area of hall in square metres’ in the formula with 200:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList><ListItem>(200 × 2) – 10 = 390 
                                </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>So the maximum number of people allowed in the youth club hall is 390 people. </Paragraph>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
<NumberedList start="2">
<ListItem>
<Paragraph>Simon meets a trainer at the leisure centre to set fitness goals. The trainer uses the following rule to calculate Simon’s BMI:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>Simon’s weight in kg ÷ 3 = Simon’s BMI</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>One of Simon’s fitness goals is to have a BMI between 19 and 25.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>He currently weighs 72 kg. Is he meeting his fitness goal?</Paragraph></ListItem>
</NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Paragraph>Simon’s weight is 72 kg so the calculation is:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList><ListItem>72 ÷ 3 = 24
                                </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>Simon’s BMI is 24, so he has met his fitness goal.</Paragraph>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
<NumberedList start="3">
<ListItem>Lena makes candles in containers. She knows a rule to work out how much wax she needs (measured in grams) to use for each container (measured in ml):
<Figure><Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_9-2e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/Assets/01%20ES%20Temporary/bltl_m1_s1_9-2e.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 32 A function machine flow chart</Caption><Description>An illustration of a function machine flow chart. The rules are: ‘Amount container holds (ml)’; ‘Divide by 2’; ‘Multiply by 9’; ‘Wax needed (g)’.</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>Lena has a container that holds 200 ml. How many grams of wax should Lena use in this container?</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
</NumberedList>
</Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Paragraph>If you were to write the function machine as a formula, it would look like this:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>(Amount container holds in ml ÷ 10) × 9 = wax needed in g
                                </ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>The container is 200 ml, so we would replace ‘Amount container holds in ml’ in the formula with 200:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>(200 ÷ 10) × 9 = 180 
                                </ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>So the maximum amount of wax needed for each container is 180 g.</Paragraph>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
<NumberedList start="4">
<ListItem>
Kofi sells souvenir photographs to visitors at the karting centre. The cost price of each photo is £2.
<Paragraph>Kofi uses this rule to work out the selling price of each photo that will cover his costs and make a profit:</Paragraph>
<Figure><Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_9-2f.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/Assets/01%20ES%20Temporary/bltl_m1_s1_9-2f.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 33 A function machine flow chart</Caption><Description>An illustration of a function machine flow chart. The rules are: ‘Cost price’; ‘× 375’; ‘÷ 100’; ‘Selling price’.</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>Kofi thinks that the photos should be sold for £8. Is this correct?</Paragraph></ListItem>
</NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Paragraph>If you were to write the function machine as a formula, it would look like this:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList><ListItem>(Cost price × 375) ÷ 100 = selling price
                                </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>The cost price is £2, so we would replace ‘Cost price’ in the formula with 2:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList><ListItem>(2 × 375) ÷ 100 = 7.5 
                                </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>So the selling price should be £7.50, not £8. </Paragraph>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart>
                </Activity>
                <Paragraph>You have now completed the section on working with word formulas and function machines. If you did not get the questions correct, please return to them and identify where you went wrong.</Paragraph>
<InternalSection>
<Heading>Summary</Heading>
<Paragraph>In this section you have learned about working with word formulas and function machines.</Paragraph>
</InternalSection>
            </Section>-->
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>10 A quick reminder: checking your work</Title>
            <Paragraph>Next you can take a quiz to review what you have learned in this session. For this and later quizzes in the course you should check your answers. A check is an alternative method or reverse calculation – you may have heard this being called an inverse calculation. If the check results in a correct answer, it means that your original sum is correct too. For example, you may have made the following calculation:</Paragraph>
            <UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem>20 – 8 = 12</ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList>
            <Paragraph>A way of checking this would be:</Paragraph>
            <UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem>12 + 8 = 20</ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList>
            <Paragraph>Alternatively, if you wanted to check the following calculation:</Paragraph>
            <UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem>80 × 2 = 160</ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList>
            <Paragraph>A way of checking this would be:</Paragraph>
            <UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem>160 ÷ 2 = 80 </ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList>
            <Paragraph>If you have carried out several calculations to get to your final answer, you only need to reverse one as a check.</Paragraph>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>11 Session 1 quiz</Title>
            <Paragraph>Now it’s time to review your learning in the end-of-session quiz.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><olink targetdoc="Session 1 practice quiz">Session 1 quiz</olink>.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Open the quiz in a new window or tab (by holding ctrl [or cmd on a Mac] when you click the link), then return here when you have done it.</Paragraph>
            <!--<Paragraph>Please ensure that you write down all of your working out. You receive marks for this.</Paragraph>-->
            <Paragraph>Although the quizzes in this course do not require you to show your working to gain marks, real exams would do so. We therefore encourage you to practise this by using a paper and pen to clearly work out the answers to the questions. This will also help you to make sure you get the right answer.</Paragraph>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>12 Session 1 summary</Title>
            <Paragraph>You have now completed Session 1, ‘Working with numbers’. If you have identified any areas that you need to work on, please ensure you refer back to this section of the course and retry the activities.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You should now be able to:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>understand and use whole numbers, and understand negative numbers in practical contexts </ListItem>
                <ListItem>add, subtract, multiply and divide whole numbers using a range of strategies </ListItem>
                <ListItem>find fractions of whole numbers</ListItem>
                <ListItem>find common percentages of whole numbers and calculate percentage increases and decreases</ListItem>
                <ListItem>add, subtract, multiply and divide decimals up to two decimal places</ListItem>
                <ListItem>understand and use equivalences between common fractions, decimals and percentages </ListItem>
                <ListItem>solve simple problems involving ratio, where one number is a multiple of the other</ListItem>
                <ListItem>use simple formulas expressed in words for one- or two-step operations.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>All of the skills above will help you with tasks in everyday life. Whether you are at home or at work, number skills are an essential skill to have.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You are now ready to move on to Session 2.</Paragraph>
        </Session>
    </Unit>
    <Unit>
        <UnitID/>
        <UnitTitle>Session 2: Units of measure</UnitTitle>
        <Introduction>
            <Title>Introduction</Title>
            <Paragraph>You come across problems requiring calculation every day. These problems could be related to money, time, length, weight, capacity and temperature. For example, if you were buying a new washing machine, you would measure the space where you want to put it under your worktop and make sure you chose a washing machine short enough to fit the space.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>In this session of the course you will find out about measuring and calculating length, distance, weight, capacity (volume), temperature and time. You will learn how to use different metric measurements, such as kilometres, metres and centimetres, grams and kilograms, and litres.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>By the end of this session you will be able to:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>measure and understand the sizes of objects</ListItem>
                <ListItem>read a mileage chart to find the distance between places</ListItem>
                <ListItem>find out how heavy things are and understand weights</ListItem>
                <ListItem>measure and understand volumes and capacities</ListItem>
                <ListItem>measure and compare temperatures</ListItem>
                <ListItem>express time using the 24-hour clock</ListItem>
                <ListItem>carry out calculations with time.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_a49_units.mp4" type="video" width="512" x_manifest="bltl_a49_units_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="3816b519" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="a93e9143" x_subtitles="bltl_a49_units.srt">
                <Transcript>
                    <Paragraph>[MUSIC PLAYING]</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Units of measure can come in many different types and sizes, which can be confusing.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>If you’re planning a journey and trying to work out how long it’ll take or trying to fit a new piece of furniture into a room, or even trying to judge how much something might weigh, understanding units of measure can be vital. 
</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Things like measuring your temperature, measuring length and distance are all vital to get right just like measuring weight.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>And whatever you’re measuring, if you can get the measurements right first time, life will be a lot easier. </Paragraph>
                </Transcript>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_a49_units.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/AV/bltl_a49_units.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="6ac00777" x_imagesrc="bltl_a49_units.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="288"/>
                </Figure>
            </MediaContent>
        </Introduction>
        <Session>
            <Title>1 Using metric measurements: length</Title>
            <!--<Paragraph>The diagram below shows you how to convert between metric units if you’re calculating any of the following:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>length, which is a measurement of how long something is</ListItem>
                <ListItem>mass, which is a measurement of how heavy something is</ListItem>
                <ListItem>volume, which is a measurement of how much space something takes up.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_ml1_02_img_1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_ml1_02_img_1.png" width="100%"/>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Starting with the smallest, metric measures of length are in millimetres, centimetres and metres. These three measurements are all related:</Paragraph>
            <Extract>
                <Paragraph>10 millimetres (or mm, for short) = 1 centimetre (cm)</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>100 cm = 1 metre (m).</Paragraph>
            </Extract>-->
            <Paragraph>We can use different units to measure the length, width or height of items. We are going to focus on metric units.</Paragraph>
            <Table>
                <TableHead>Metric units of length</TableHead>
                <tbody>
                    <tr>
                        <th>Metric unit</th>
                        <th>Abbreviation</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>millimetre</td>
                        <td>mm</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>centimetre</td>
                        <td>cm</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>metre</td>
                        <td>m</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>kilometre</td>
                        <td>km</td>
                    </tr>
                </tbody>
            </Table>
            <Paragraph>A millimetre is the smallest metric unit used by most people to measure the length of something. You would commonly use millimetres to measure items that are really small or need to be measured very
accurately; for example, the dimensions of a washing machine is usually measured in millimetres.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Centimetres and metres are also commonly used to measure items for everyday tasks.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Kilometres would be used to measure the distance between places. A runner may clock the distance that they have run in kilometres.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 1: Which unit?</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Which unit would you use to measure the following?</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>A washing machine</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The distance between Wrexham and Cardiff</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A nail</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A kitchen</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A bus</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A park run</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Your waist</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A sofa</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>An envelope</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A screw head</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Paragraph>Suggested answers:</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Centimetres or millimetres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Kilometres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Centimetres or millimetres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Metres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Metres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Kilometres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Centimetres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Centimetres or metres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Centimetres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Millimetres</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.1 Instruments of measure</Title>
                <Paragraph>So what do you use to measure things? If you were to measure something small, such as a screw, you would probably use a ruler. To measure something bigger, like the length of a room or garden, you would probably use a tape measure. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>You could try estimating the size of something before measuring it, which would help you to decide what tool you need to measure it. If you wanted to measure the walls of a room before redecorating, you’d get a more accurate measurement using a tape measure rather than a 30-centimetre ruler! After you’ve made an estimate you can check how accurate it is by measuring the object.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>How long is a pen? Find a pen, make an estimate of how long you think it is and then measure it accurately using a ruler. </Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> To help you to estimate the size of an item, consider it in relation to
other items of known length:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>The eye of a needle is about 1 millimetre (mm) wide.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The width of the fingernail on your little finger is about 1 centimetre (cm).</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A small ruler is 15 centimetres long.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A large ruler is 30 centimetres long.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A door frame is approximately 2 metres (m) high.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>It would take approximately 20 minutes to walk 1 kilometre (km).</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </Box>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 2: How long?</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Match the following items to the approximate measurement:</Paragraph>
                    </Question>
                    <Interaction>
                        <Matching>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>175 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="e">
                                <Paragraph>The height of a man</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>15 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="b">
                                <Paragraph>The length of a pen</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>30 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="f">
                                <Paragraph>The length of an A4 piece of paper</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>4 m</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="a">
                                <Paragraph>The height of a double-decker bus</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>25 m</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="d">
                                <Paragraph>The length of a swimming pool</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>10 mm</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="g">
                                <Paragraph>The length of an eyelash</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>20 km</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="c">
                                <Paragraph>The length of a half marathon</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                        </Matching>
                    </Interaction>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.2 Measuring accurately</Title>
                <Paragraph>To measure accurately, line up one end of the pen with the 0 mark on the ruler. If there is no 0 mark, use the end of the ruler. Hold the ruler straight against the pen. Which mark does the other end come to?<!--To measure accurately, line up one end of the pen with the first mark on the ruler and hold the ruler straight against the pen. Which mark does the other end come to?--></Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Be careful with the bit of ruler or tape measure that comes before the first mark! Make sure you line up whatever you’re measuring with the ‘zero’ mark.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_1a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="d0d44389" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_1a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="172"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 1 Measuring a pen</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a pen held against a ruler. One end of the pen is level with 0 cm on the scale; the other end is level with 15 cm on the scale.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>You can see from this diagram that the pen is 15 cm long.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 3: Building a shelf for DVDs</Heading>
                    <Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>You want to build a shelf to hold some DVDs. You need to make sure that it’s big enough! How tall is a DVD case?<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="b7194be9" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_1b.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="337"/><Caption>Figure 2 Measuring a DVD case</Caption><Description>An illustration of a DVD case held against a ruler. One end of the case is level with 0 cm on the scale; the other end is level with 19 cm on the scale.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem>You have run out of screws. Before you go to buy some more, you need to measure the last screw you have to make sure you buy some more in the same size. How long is this screw?<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_1c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="eb416371" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_1c.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="185"/><Caption>Figure 3 Measuring a screw</Caption><Description>An illustration of a screw held against a ruler. One end of the screw is level with 0 cm on the scale; the other end is level with 2.5 cm on the scale.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="3">
                                    <ListItem>How far is it across the head of the screw?<Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Draw lines from the edge of the screw head down to the ruler to help you measure it.</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_1d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="f5ccb34b" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_1d.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="240"/><Caption>Figure 4 Measuring a screw head</Caption><Description>An illustration of a screw head held against a ruler. One end of the screw is level with 0 mm on the scale; the other end is level with 5 mm on the scale.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>The DVD case is 19 cm tall.<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_1e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1e.png" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="6ed1a85a" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_1e.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="337"/><Caption>Figure 5 Measuring a pen (answer)</Caption><Description>An illustration of a DVD case held against a ruler. One end of the case is level with 0 cm on the scale; the other end is level with 19 cm on the scale.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>The end of the screw is halfway between 2 and 3 cm, so the screw is 2.5 cm (2<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> cm) long. Note here how the measurement is not a whole number. Often items have to be measured very precisely: when this is the case, it may not be appropriate to round off to the nearest centimetre, for instance.<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_1f.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1f.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="d52c64df" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_1f.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="185"/><Caption>Figure 6 Measuring a screw (answer)</Caption><Description>An illustration of a screw held against a ruler. One end of the screw is level with 0 cm on the scale; the other end is level with 2.5 cm on the scale.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>The screw head is 5 mm wide.<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_1g.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1g.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="63bc672c" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_1g.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="240"/><Caption>Figure 7 Measuring a screw head (answer)</Caption><Description>An illustration of a screw head held against a ruler. One end of the screw is level with 0 mm on the scale; the other end is level with 5 mm on the scale.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.3 Measuring in millimetres and centimetres</Title>
                <Paragraph>When you’re measuring an item, you need to decide whether to measure it in millimetres, centimetres or metres. Often, your decision will be based on the size of the item, why you are measuring it and how accurate you need the measurement to be.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>When you measure an item, you can actually express the same measurement in different ways. To help you to do this, you need to know some metric measure facts:</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Heading>Facts</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>10 millimetres = 1 centimetre</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>100 centimetres = 1 metre</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>1 000 metres = 1 kilometre</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Paragraph>Starting with the smallest, metric units of length are millimetres (mm), centimetres (cm) and metres (m).</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Kilometres (km) are used to measure distance.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Writing measurements in millimetres and centimetres</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You can express a measurement in millimetres, centimetres or a combination of both. Look at the ruler below. What measurement is the arrow pointing to?</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_l1_s2_fig1-small.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1%20for%20Wales/provided%20to%20welsh%20team%20-%20English%20version/assets/s2/outputs/bltl_wales_maths_l1_s2_fig1-small.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="33c5fc65" x_contenthash="7e63321d" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_l1_s2_fig1-small.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="217"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 8 Measuring a pen</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of an arrow pointing at a measurement, on the seventh line between 1 cm and 2 cm.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <!--<Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable-answer.jpg" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable-answer.jpg" width="100%" webthumbnail="true"/><Caption>Figure 5 A ruler</Caption>
                    <Description>A ruler.</Description>
                </Figure>-->
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>The numbers displayed on the ruler represent centimetres. Each line in between each whole centimetre is a millimetre; ten millimetres is equal to one centimetre. So you can say that the
arrow is pointing to:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>1 cm 7 mm</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>However, you could write it all in centimetres. The length is one whole centimetre plus seven additional millimetres, so you would write:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>1.7 cm</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Note how the decimal point separates the number of centimetres from the number of millimetres. Alternatively you could write this measurement in millimetres. One centimetre equals ten millimetres, so: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>1 cm 7 mm = 10 mm + 7 mm = 17 mm</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 4: Writing measurements in different ways</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Complete the gaps in the table to show the same measurement written
in three different ways. The first one has been done for you. Remember to
check your answers.</Paragraph>
                        <Table>
                            <TableHead>Measurements</TableHead>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Centimetres and millimetres</th>
                                    <th>Centimetres</th>
                                    <th>Millimetres</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>1 cm 7 mm</td>
                                    <td>1.7 cm</td>
                                    <td>17 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>8 cm 9 mm</td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr1"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr2"/></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr3"/></td>
                                    <td>9.4 cm</td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr4"/></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr5"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr6"/></td>
                                    <td>63 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>12 cm 6 mm</td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr7"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr8"/></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr9"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr10"/></td>
                                    <td>105 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr11"/></td>
                                    <td>20.1 cm</td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr12"/></td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Table>
                            <TableHead>Measurements</TableHead>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Centimetres and millimetres</th>
                                    <th>Centimetres</th>
                                    <th>Millimetres</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>1 cm 7 mm</td>
                                    <td>1.7 cm</td>
                                    <td>17 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>8 cm 9 mm</td>
                                    <td>8.9 cm</td>
                                    <td>89 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>9 cm 4 mm</td>
                                    <td>9.4 cm</td>
                                    <td>94 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>6 cm 3 mm</td>
                                    <td>6.3 cm</td>
                                    <td>63 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>12 cm 6 mm</td>
                                    <td>12.6 cm</td>
                                    <td>126 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>10 cm 5 mm</td>
                                    <td>10.5 cm</td>
                                    <td>105 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>20 cm 1 mm</td>
                                    <td>20.1 cm</td>
                                    <td>201 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.4 Converting units</Title>
                <Paragraph>You may often need to convert between different units of length. For example, if you were fitting a kitchen or measuring a piece of furniture, you might need to convert between millimetres and centimetres, or centimetres and metres.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Figure 9 shows you how to convert between metric units of length.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_1-1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1-1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="79768bdf" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_1-1b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="212"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 9 A conversion chart for length</Caption>
                    <Description>
<Paragraph>A conversion chart for length</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Length</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>cm × 10 for mm; mm ÷ 10 for cm</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>m × 100 for cm; cm ÷ 100 for m</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>km × 1 000 for m; m ÷ 1 000 for km</Paragraph>
</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> To convert from a bigger unit to a smaller unit (such as cm to mm), you
multiply. To convert from a smaller unit to a bigger unit (such as mm to cm), you divide.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Converting units of length</Heading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>What is 8.5 metres in centimetres?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>What is 475 centimetres in metres?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Converting between metric units involves multiplying or dividing by 10, 100 or 1 000, which you will have practised in Session 1. As you can see from Figure 9, you need to multiply by 100 to convert from metres (m) to centimetres (cm). So converting 8.5 m into centimetres would be:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>8.5 m × 100 = 850 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>As you can see from Figure 9, you need to divide by 100 to convert from centimetres (cm) to
metres (m). So converting 475 cm into metres would be:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>475 cm ÷ 100 = 4.75 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activities.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 5: Converting lengths</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Use Figure 9 above to help you with the following activity.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Please work these out without using a calculator. You may wish to look back at Session 1 first to remind you how to <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=1.7.1">multiply</a> and <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=1.8.1">divide</a> by 10, 100 and 1 000.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>20 mm = ? cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>54 mm = ? cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>0.5 cm = ? mm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>8.6 cm = ? mm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>400 cm = ? m</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>325cm = ? m</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>12 m = ? cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>6.8 m = ? cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>450 mm = ? m (<b>Hint:</b> You will need to look at the chart for how to convert from millimetres to centimetres and then centimetres to metres)</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>2 m = ? mm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>8 km = ? m</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>500 m = ? km</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>I am 1.6 m tall. How tall am I in centimetres?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You are fitting kitchen cabinets. The gap for the last cabinet is 80 cm. The sizes of the cabinets are shown in millimetres. Which size should you look for?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You want to buy 30 cm of fabric. The fabric is sold by the metre. What should you ask for?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>20 mm ÷ 10 = 2 cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>54 mm ÷ 10 = 5.4 cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>0.5 cm × 10 = 5 mm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>8.6 cm × 10 = 86 mm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>400 cm ÷ 100 = 4 m</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>325 cm ÷ 100 = 3.25 m</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>12 m × 100 = 1 200 cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>6.8 m × 100 = 680 cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>There are 10 mm in 1 cm, so divide by 10 first to convert 450 mm to 45 cm. There are 100 cm in 1 m, so divide 45 cm by 100 to get the answer, 0.45 m.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem> There are 100 cm in 1 m, so multiply by 100 first to convert 2 m to 200 cm. There are 10 mm in 1 cm, so multiply 200 cm by 10 to get the answer, 2 000 mm.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>8 km × 1 000 = 8 000 m</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>500m ÷ 1 000 = 0.5 km</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>There are 100 cm in 1 m, so to convert from metres to centimetres you need to multiply by 100:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1.6 m × 100 = 160 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>To convert from centimetres to millimetres, you need to multiply the figure in centimetres by 10. The size is 80 cm, so the answer is: <UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>80 × 10 = 800 mm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>To convert from centimetres to metres, you need to divide the figure in centimetres by 100. The length of fabric you need is 30 cm, so the answer is: <UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>30 ÷ 100 = 0.3 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 6: Matching the same measurement</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Match the following measurements:</Paragraph>
                    </Question>
                    <Interaction>
                        <Matching>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>5 m</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="h">
                                <Paragraph>500 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>15 mm</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="d">
                                <Paragraph>1.5 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>150 mm</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="c">
                                <Paragraph>15 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>50 mm</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="e">
                                <Paragraph>5 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>0.5 km</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="a">
                                <Paragraph>500 m</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>150 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="b">
                                <Paragraph>1.5 m</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>15 m</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="g">
                                <Paragraph>1 500 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>1.5 km</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="f">
                                <Paragraph>1 500 m</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                        </Matching>
                    </Interaction>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.5 Calculate using metric units of length</Title>
                <Paragraph>You may need to carry out calculations with length. This may require you to convert between metric units, either before you carry out the calculation or at the end.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Bunting</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Fran is putting up bunting. She has three lengths of bunting, measuring 160 cm, 240 cm and 95 cm. How many metres of bunting does she have?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>All of the units are given in centimetres, so you can add them together:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>165 cm + 240 cm + 95 cm = 500 cm</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>The question asks for the answer in metres, so you need to convert 500 cm into metres:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>500 cm ÷ 100 = 5 m</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So Fran will have 5 m of bunting.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Length of shelves</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Dixie wants to put up a shelf in an alcove. The alcove is 146 cm wide. She has a plank of wood that is 2 m long. How much wood will she have left over?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>The plank of wood is in metres, so you need to convert this into centimetres:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>2 m × 100 = 200 cm</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>200 cm – 146 cm = 54 cm</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So Dixie will have 54 cm left over.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 7: Carrying out calculations with length</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Calculate the answers to the following problems without using a calculator. You may double-check your answers with a calculator if you need to. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You are making Christmas cards for a craft stall. You want to add a bow, which takes 10 cm of ribbon, to each card. You plan to make 50 cards. How many metres of ribbon do you need?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You want to make a garden planter that measures 1.5 m by 60 cm. How much wood will you need to buy? (<b>Hint:</b> you will need two planks of each length to make the planter.)</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Sally is making a pair of curtains. Each curtain requires 1.8 m of fabric plus 20 cm each for hemming. How many metres of fabric will she need?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>John wants to put shelving in his garage to hold storage boxes. Each storage box is 45 cm wide and John wants to be able to put four boxes on each shelf. He has seen some shelves that are 2 m wide. Would they be suitable?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>You will have found it useful to refer to the metric conversion diagram for this activity.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>First you need to work out how many centimetres of ribbon you need:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>10 × 50 = 500 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Notice that the question asks how many metres of ribbon you need, rather than centimetres. So you need to divide 500 cm by 100 to find out the answer in metres:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>500 ÷ 100 = 5 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The measurements for the planters are in different units, so you need to convert everything into centimetres or metres first. The question does not specify whether your answer needs to be in centimetres or metres, so either will be OK.
<Paragraph>Using Method 1, converting to centimetres, note that the length of the planter is 1.5 m:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1.5 × 100 = 150 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
The short sides are already in centimetres, so you can now add up the total for all four sides:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>150 cm + 60 cm + 150 cm + 60 cm = 420 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Using Method 2, converting to metres, the length of the planter is already in metres. The short sides are 60 cm, which you need to convert to metres:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>60 ÷ 100 = 0.6 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You can now add up the total for the four sides:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1.5 m + 0.6 m + 1.5 m + 0.6 m = 4.2 m
</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The measurements for the curtains and the hem are given in different units. The question asks for the answer in metres, so you need to convert everything into metres first:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>20 cm ÷ 100 = 0.2 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You can now add up the total amount of fabric needed for the curtains:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1.8 m + 1.8 m + 0.2 m + 0.2 m = 4.0 m (4 m)
</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The measurements for the storage boxes and shelves are given in different units, so you need to convert everything into centimetres or metres first. The question does not specify whether your answer needs to be in centimetres or metres, so either will be OK.
<Paragraph>Using Method 1, converting to centimetres, the shelves are 2 m wide. First you need to convert this to centimetres:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 m × 100 = 200 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
The storage boxes are already in centimetres, so you can now work out the width of four of them.
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>45 cm × 4 = 180 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So the shelves would be suitable.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Using Method 2, converting to metres, the shelves are already in metres, but the boxes measure 45 cm.</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>45 cm ÷ 100 = 0.45 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
I need four boxes:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>0.45 m × 4 = 1.80 m (1.8 m) </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
The shelves would be suitable. Another way of doing this is to work out how wide four boxes would be in
centimetres and convert the answer to metres:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>45 cm × 4 = 180 cm</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>180 cm ÷ 100 = 1.80 m (1.8 m)</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Throughout this section you have looked at measuring and calculating length. You have used different metric measurements, such as millimetres, centimetres, metres and kilometres. You can now:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>measure and understand the sizes of objects</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>understand different units of length</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>convert between different units of length</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>carry out calculations with length.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>1.1 Changing units</Title>
                <Paragraph>Sometimes you will need to change between millimetres and centimetres, or centimetres and metres. For example, you might need to do this if you were fitting a kitchen or measuring a piece of furniture.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>The diagram below shows you how to convert between metric units if you’re calculating any of the following:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>length, which is a measurement of how long something is</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>mass (sometimes referred to as weight), which is a measurement of how heavy something is</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>volume (sometimes referred to as capacity), which is a measurement of how much space something takes up.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_1-1a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1-1a.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 8 A conversion chart for length, mass and volume</Caption>
                    <Description>
<Paragraph>A conversion chart for length, mass and volume.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Length</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>cm × 10 for mm; mm ÷ 10 for cm</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>m × 100 for cm; cm ÷ 100 for m</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>km × 1,000 for m; m ÷ 1,000 for km</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Mass</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>g × 1,000 for mg; mg ÷ 1,000 for g</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>kg × 1,000 for g; g ÷ 1,000 for kg</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>t × 1,000 for kg; kg ÷ 1,000 for t</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Volume</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>l × 1,000 for ml; ml ÷ 1,000 for l</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>cl × 10 for ml; ml ÷ 10 for cl</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>l × 100 for cl; cl ÷ 100 for l</Paragraph>
</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Starting with the smallest, metric measures of length are in millimetres, centimetres and metres. These three measurements are all related:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>10 millimetres (or mm, for short) = 1 centimetre (cm)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>100 cm = 1 metre (m).</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>Please take a look at the example below on how to carry out simple metric conversions.</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> 10 millimetres = 1 centimetre, 100 centimetres = 1 metre</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Making Christmas cards</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You are making Christmas cards for a craft stall. You want to add a bow, which takes 10 cm of ribbon, to each card. You plan to make 50 cards. How many metres of ribbon do you need?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>First you need to work out how many centimetres of ribbon you need:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>10 × 50 = 500 cm</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Notice that the question asks how many <i>metres</i> of ribbon you need, rather than centimetres. So you need to divide 500 cm by 100 to find out the answer in metres:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>500 ÷ 100 = 5 m</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Do you remember the metric conversion diagram at the start of this session?</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_1-1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1-1b.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 9 A conversion chart for length</Caption>
                    <Description>
<Paragraph>A conversion chart for length</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Length</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>cm × 10 for mm; mm ÷ 10 for cm</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>m × 100 for cm; cm ÷ 100 for m</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>km × 1,000 for m; m ÷ 1,000 for km</Paragraph>
</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 2: Measuring lengths</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You are fitting kitchen cabinets. The gap for the last cabinet is 80 cm. The sizes of the cabinets are shown in millimetres. Which size should you look for?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Thirty children in a class each need 20 cm of string for a project. How many metres of string will they use all together?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You want to buy 30 cm of fabric. The fabric is sold by the metre. What should you ask for?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>You will have found it useful to refer to the metric conversion diagram for this activity. </Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>To convert from centimetres to millimetres, you need to multiply the figure in centimetres by 10. The size is 80 cm, so the answer is:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>80 × 10 = 800 mm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Thirty children each need 20 cm of string. To find the total in centimetres you would do the following:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>30 × 20 = 600 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>However, the question asked for how much string is needed in <i>metres</i>, not centimetres. To convert from centimetres to metres, you need to divide the figure in centimetres by 100. So if you need 600 cm, the answer is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>600 ÷ 100 = 6 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="3">
                            <ListItem>To convert from centimetres to metres, you need to divide the figure in centimetres by 100. The length of fabric you need size is 30 cm, so the answer is:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>30 ÷ 100 = 0.3 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <Paragraph>Now have a go at the following quickfire activity, using the conversion chart above if needed.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 3: Converting lengths</Heading>
                    <Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>What are these lengths in another unit of measurement? Select the correct answers from the list of options below.</Paragraph>
                            </Question>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>20 mm = ? cm</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Interaction>
                                <SingleChoice>
                                    <Wrong>
                                        <Paragraph>200 cm</Paragraph>
                                    </Wrong>
                                    <Right>
                                        <Paragraph>2 cm</Paragraph>
                                    </Right>
                                    <Wrong>
                                        <Paragraph>0.2 cm</Paragraph>
                                    </Wrong>
                                </SingleChoice>
                            </Interaction>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem>450 mm = ? m</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Interaction>
                                <SingleChoice>
                                    <Wrong>
                                        <Paragraph>45 m</Paragraph>
                                    </Wrong>
                                    <Wrong>
                                        <Paragraph>4.5 m</Paragraph>
                                    </Wrong>
                                    <Right>
                                        <Paragraph>0.45 m</Paragraph>
                                    </Right>
                                </SingleChoice>
                            </Interaction>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="3">
                                    <ListItem>0.5 cm = ? mm</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Interaction>
                                <SingleChoice>
                                    <Right>
                                        <Paragraph>5 mm</Paragraph>
                                    </Right>
                                    <Wrong>
                                        <Paragraph>15 mm</Paragraph>
                                    </Wrong>
                                    <Wrong>
                                        <Paragraph>50 mm</Paragraph>
                                    </Wrong>
                                </SingleChoice>
                            </Interaction>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="4">
                                    <ListItem>400 cm = ? m</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Interaction>
                                <SingleChoice>
                                    <Wrong>
                                        <Paragraph>0.4 m</Paragraph>
                                    </Wrong>
                                    <Right>
                                        <Paragraph>4 m</Paragraph>
                                    </Right>
                                    <Wrong>
                                        <Paragraph>40 m</Paragraph>
                                    </Wrong>
                                </SingleChoice>
                            </Interaction>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart>
                </Activity>
<InternalSection>
<Heading>Summary</Heading>
<Paragraph>In this section you have looked at measuring and calculating length. You have used different metric measurements, such as kilometres, metres and centimetres. You can now:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>measure and understand the sizes of objects</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>understand different units of measurement.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList></InternalSection>
                
                
            </Section>-->
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>2 Mileage charts</Title>
            <Paragraph>Can you think of a time when it is useful to be able to understand and work out distances between places? It’s useful to know how far apart places are if you’re planning a trip. If your job involves lots of travelling from place to place, you need to calculate how much mileage you do so that you can reclaim how much money you’ve spent on petrol.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>How far is it from your home to the nearest shopping centre?</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Your answer is probably something like ‘three miles’ or ‘ten kilometres’. Distances between places are often measured in either miles or kilometres. Road signs in the UK and USA use miles, whereas in Canada and Europe, for example, the road signs are in kilometres. What’s the difference between the two?</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Kilometres are a metric measure of distance.</Paragraph>
            <UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem>1 000 metres (m) = 1 kilometre (km)</ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList>
            <Paragraph>Miles are an imperial measure of distance.</Paragraph>
            <UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem>1 mile = 1 760 yards</ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList>
            <Paragraph>One mile is a bit less than two kilometres. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Because most maps and road signs in the UK use miles, in this section you’ll work with miles.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>If you have to plan a trip, it’s useful to look at a mileage chart. This shows you how far it is between places:</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess2_fig1_1_mileage.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1%20for%20Wales/provided%20to%20welsh%20team%20-%20English%20version/assets/s2/outputs/bltl_wales_maths_sess2_fig1_1_mileage.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="33c5fc65" x_contenthash="55879b12" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess2_fig1_1_mileage.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="307"/>
                <Caption>Figure 10 A mileage chart</Caption>
                <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Aberystwyth, Bala, Caernarfon, Connah’s Quay, Llanelli and Newtown.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>To read the chart, find where you want to start from and where you want to go. Then follow the rows and columns until they meet.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Finding the distance</Heading>
                <Paragraph>How far is it from Aberystwyth to Llanelli?</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>To calculate this, you need to find where Aberystwyth and Llanelli meet on the chart. As you can see from Figure 10, it is 61 miles from Aberystwyth to Llanelli.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess2_fig1_2_mileage.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1%20for%20Wales/provided%20to%20welsh%20team%20-%20English%20version/assets/s2/outputs/bltl_wales_maths_sess2_fig1_2_mileage.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="33c5fc65" x_contenthash="ebb65115" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess2_fig1_2_mileage.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="307"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 11 A mileage chart</Caption>
                    <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Aberystwyth, Bala, Caernarfon, Connah’s Quay, Llanelli and Newtown.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <!--
            <Figure>
                <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_2a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2a.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 11 A mileage chart</Caption>
                <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Aberystwyth, Bala, Caernarfon, Connah’s Quay, Llanelli and Newtown.</Description>
            </Figure>
-->
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 8: Reading a mileage chart</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Now use the mileage chart in Figure 10 to answer the following questions. Remember to check your answers.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>What is the distance from Newtown to Bala?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The Connah’s Quay Nomads’ next match in the Welsh Premier League is against Newtown. How far will supporters have to travel to watch the football match? (<b>Hint:</b> Don’t forget to calculate the distance for a return journey.)</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Which team’s home ground is the closest in distance to the ground of the Connah’s Quay Nomads?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>The distance between Newtown and Bala is 47 miles.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The distance from Connah’s Quay to Newtown is 63 miles, so the Nomads’ supporters would have to travel 126 miles (63 × 2).</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>To calculate this, you must check the places to the right of Connah’s Quay in the table (Llanelli, 148 miles; Newtown, 63 miles) and the towns to the left of Connah’s Quay in the table (Caernarfon, 60 miles; Bala, 38 miles; Aberystwyth, 87 miles). So the home ground of Bala Town would be the closest to the Connah’s Quay Nomads.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: A European journey</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Look at Figure 12. It has a different layout to the previous mileage chart.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Some European cities are listed down the left hand-side of the chart, and a series of ports are listed along the top.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_2c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2c.png" width="100%" webthumbnail="true" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="5d550602" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_2c.png" x_imagewidth="781" x_imageheight="415" x_smallsrc="bltl_m1_s2_2c.small.png" x_smallfullsrc="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_2c.small.png" x_smallwidth="512" x_smallheight="283"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 12 A mileage chart for a European tour</Caption>
                    <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between European cities (Amsterdam, Barcelona, Berlin, Bordeaux, Brussels, Cannes, Cologne, Florence, Frankfurt and Geneva) and Channel ports (Roscoff, Cherbourg, Le Havre, Dieppe, Calais, Zeebrigge and Hook of Holland).</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Use the mileage chart to find the distance between Florence and Calais.</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>To answer this, you need to find the row for Florence and go along it until it meets the column for Calais.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_2d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2d.png" width="100%" webthumbnail="true" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="45ed04c2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_2d.png" x_imagewidth="781" x_imageheight="415" x_smallsrc="bltl_m1_s2_2d.small.png" x_smallfullsrc="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_2d.small.png" x_smallwidth="512" x_smallheight="283"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 13 A mileage chart for a European tour (answer)</Caption>
                    <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between European cities (Amsterdam, Barcelona, Berlin, Bordeaux, Brussels, Cannes, Cologne, Florence, Frankfurt and Geneva) and Channel ports (Roscoff, Cherbourg, Le Havre, Dieppe, Calais, Zeebrigge and Hook of Holland). The distance between Florence and Calais is highlighted (860 miles).</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>The distance between Florence and Calais is 860 miles.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 9: A European journey</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Now answer the following questions using Figure 12.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Which port is closest to Florence?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>How far is it from Cologne to Dieppe?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>If you were staying in in Amsterdam, which would be your closest port?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>The closest to Florence is Zeebrugge (821 miles).</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The distance between Cologne and Dieppe is 328 miles.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>If you were staying in Amsterdam, the closest port would be Hook of Holland (53 miles).</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <!--<CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: A long-distance journey</Heading>
                <Paragraph>How far is it from Cardiff to Manchester?</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>You need to identify the square where the column for Cardiff and the row for Manchester meet.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_2b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2b.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 11 Cardiff to Manchester on a mileage chart</Caption>
                    <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Edinburgh, Birmingham, Cardiff, Dover, Leeds, Liverpool, London, Manchester, Newcastle and York. The distance between Cardiff and Manchester is highlighted (173 miles).</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>So the answer is 173 miles.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>-->
            <!--<Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 4: A European tour</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>You want to go on holiday to Florence, crossing the Channel and then driving. You’ll need to refer to this mileage chart to answer the questions in this activity.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_2c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2c.png" width="100%" webthumbnail="true"/><Caption>Figure 12 A mileage chart for a European tour</Caption>
                        <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between European cities (Amsterdam, Barcelona, Berlin, Bordeaux, Brussels, Cannes, Cologne, Florence, Frankfurt and Geneva) and Channel ports (Roscoff, Cherbourg, Le Havre, Dieppe, Calais, Zeebrigge and Hook of Holland).</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>How far is it to Florence from Calais?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A series of ports are listed at the top of the table. Which port is closest to Florence?<Paragraph>You will come back via Cologne in Germany.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>How far is it from Cologne to the port you chose?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>How far is it from Cologne to Calais?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Which would be the best port to use?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>You need to find the row for Florence and go along it until it meets the column for Calais.<Figure><Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_2d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2d.png" width="100%" webthumbnail="true"/><Caption>Figure 13 A mileage chart for a European tour (answer)</Caption><Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between European cities (Amsterdam, Barcelona, Berlin, Bordeaux, Brussels, Cannes, Cologne, Florence, Frankfurt and Geneva) and Channel ports (Roscoff, Cherbourg, Le Havre, Dieppe, Calais, Zeebrigge and Hook of Holland). The distance between Florence and Calais is highlighted (860 miles).</Description></Figure><Paragraph>The distance between Florence and Calais is 860 miles.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>You need to look along the row for Florence and find the shortest distance, then see which port is named at the top of the column. The shortest distance is 821 miles, from Zeebrugge.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>You need to look along the Cologne row until you get to the Zeebrugge column. The distance in 198 miles.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Check the distance from Calais to Cologne: 263 miles.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Zeebrugge is the best port to use because it’s closest to both Cologne and Florence.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>-->
            <Section>
                <Title>2.1 Adding distances</Title>
                <Paragraph>Many trips have more than one stop. To calculate how far you have to travel you need to add together the distances between stops.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: The sales trip</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>A sales rep has to travel from Edinburgh to York, then to London, and then back to Edinburgh. How far will they travel?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>Use the mileage chart to find the distances between Edinburgh and York, York and London, and London and Edinburgh.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The distance between Edinburgh and York is 186 miles.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_2-1a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2-1a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="9fde3a18" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_2-1a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="360"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 14 Edinburgh to York on a mileage chart</Caption>
                        <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Edinburgh, Birmingham, Cardiff, Dover, Leeds, Liverpool, London, Manchester, Newcastle and York. The distance between Edinburgh and York is highlighted (186 miles).</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>York to London is 194 miles.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_2-1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2-1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="6997bfbf" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_2-1b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="359"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 15 London to York on a mileage chart</Caption>
                        <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Edinburgh, Birmingham, Cardiff, Dover, Leeds, Liverpool, London, Manchester, Newcastle and York. The distance between London and York is highlighted (194 miles).</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Returning from London to Edinburgh is 412 miles.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_2-1c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2-1c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="284f94ed" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_2-1c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="360"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 16 London to Edinburgh on a mileage chart</Caption>
                        <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Edinburgh, Birmingham, Cardiff, Dover, Leeds, Liverpool, London, Manchester, Newcastle and York. The distance between Edinburgh and London is highlighted (412 miles).</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>The total distance of the trip is:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>186 + 194 + 412 = 792 miles</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Use the mileage table to help you with the following activity. Please
make the calculations without using a calculator. You may double-check your answer with a calculator if you need to. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 10: Travelling across the UK</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You use a hire car to go from London to Cardiff, from Cardiff to Liverpool and then back to London. You pay 10p for each mile you drive. <NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem>How many miles must you pay for?</SubListItem><SubListItem>How much would this cost?</SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList><!--<EditorComment> Create (b) question for how much they would pay</EditorComment>--></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>You live Cardiff but are going to attend a conference in Manchester. Following your conference, you are driving straight on to York to stay for a few days before returning home to Cardiff. How far will your journey be in total?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>
You need to look up all the distances and then add them together: 
<Paragraph>London to Cardiff is 150 miles.</Paragraph>
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_2-1d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2-1d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="fd924c55" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_2-1d.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="360"/><Caption>Figure 17 London to Cardiff on a mileage chart</Caption><Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Edinburgh, Birmingham, Cardiff, Dover, Leeds, Liverpool, London, Manchester, Newcastle and York. The distance between Cardiff and London is highlighted (150 miles).</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>Cardiff to Liverpool is 165 miles.</Paragraph>
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_2-1e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2-1e.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="95222d47" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_2-1e.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="359"/><Caption>Figure 18 Cardiff to Liverpool on a mileage chart</Caption><Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Edinburgh, Birmingham, Cardiff, Dover, Leeds, Liverpool, London, Manchester, Newcastle and York. The distance between Cardiff and Liverpool is highlighted (165 miles).</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>Liverpool to London is 198 miles.</Paragraph>
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_2-1f.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2-1f.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="efca1217" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_2-1f.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="359"/><Caption>Figure 19 Liverpool to London on a mileage chart</Caption><Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Edinburgh, Birmingham, Cardiff, Dover, Leeds, Liverpool, London, Manchester, Newcastle and York. The distance between Liverpool and London is highlighted (198 miles).</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>So the total distance is:</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>150 + 165 + 198 = 513 miles</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha" start="2">
<SubListItem>The total distance is 513 miles and you pay 10p for each mile you drive. So you would pay: </SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                            <ListItem><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>513 × 10 =  5 130p</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>You would not usually express an amount of money in this way, so let’s divide this total by 100 to find the amount in pounds:</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>5 130 ÷ 100 =  £51.30</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>You need to look up all the distances and then add them together. Cardiff to Manchester is 173 miles; Manchester to York is 66 miles; and York to Cardiff is 231 miles. So the total distance is:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>173 + 66 + 231 = 470 miles
</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You have now completed the activities on using distance charts. This will help you with everyday life when you are planning a journey and/or claiming mileage when travelling for work.</Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
                <!--<Summary>
                    <Paragraph>You have now completed the activities on using distance charts. This will help you with everyday life when you are planning a journey and or claiming mileage when travelling for work.</Paragraph>
                </Summary>-->
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>3 Using metric measurements: weight</Title>
            <Paragraph>Weight – sometimes referred to as ‘mass’ – is a measurement of how heavy something is.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>How much do you weigh? </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You might have given your weight in kilograms (kg) or in pounds (lb), or pounds and stone (st). Kilograms are metric weights. Pounds and stones are imperial weights.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>In the UK, both metric and imperial units may be used. We are going to focus on the metric units of weight here.</Paragraph>
            <Table>
                <TableHead>Metric units of weight</TableHead>
                <tbody>
                    <tr>
                        <th>Metric unit</th>
                        <th>Abbreviation</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>milligram</td>
                        <td>mg</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>gram</td>
                        <td>g</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>kilogram</td>
                        <td>kg</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>tonne</td>
                        <td>(No abbreviation)</td>
                    </tr>
                </tbody>
            </Table>
            <Paragraph>Milligrams (mg) are only used to weigh very small quantities or items, such as dosage on medication.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>A tonne is a unit for weighing very heavy items, such as a lorry.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>For everyday measuring tasks, the most common metric units of weight are grams (g) and kilograms (kg), so these are what you will focus on here.</Paragraph>
            <UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem>1 g is approximately the weight of a paperclip</ListItem>
                <ListItem>1 kg is the weight of a bag of sugar</ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList>
            <Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Key fact:</b> 1 000 grams (g) = 1 kilogram (kg)</Paragraph>
            </Box>
            <Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> If you are used to using the imperial system of measure, 1
kilogram is equivalent to about 2<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>4</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> pounds.</Paragraph>
            </Box>
            <!--
            <UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem>1,000 grams (g) = 1 kilogram (kg)</ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList>
            <Paragraph>You should measure weight in metric units, but you might see the old imperial units used sometimes. </Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>1 g is approximately the weight of a paperclip. </ListItem>
            </BulletedList>-->
            <Paragraph>Many foods are sold by weight. For example:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>10 g of a spice</ListItem>
                <ListItem>30 g of crisps</ListItem>
                <ListItem>100 g of chocolate</ListItem>
                <ListItem>250 g of coffee</ListItem>
                <ListItem>500 g of rice.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>Heavier things are weighed in kilograms:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>2 kg bag of potatoes</ListItem>
                <ListItem>10 kg of chicken food</ListItem>
                <ListItem>15 kg baggage allowance on a plane</ListItem>
                <ListItem>25 kg bag of cement.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>Note that if you bought ten packets of rice, you would say you had bought 5 kg rather than 5 000 g.</Paragraph>
            <Section>
                <Title>3.1 Instruments of measure</Title>
                <Paragraph>Scales show you how much something weighs. Digital scales show the weight as a display of numbers. Other scales have a dial or line of numbers and you have to read the weight from this.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_3a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_3a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="d2b34f3e" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_3a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="267"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 20 Using different scales for different objects</Caption>
                    <Description>A montage of two illustrations: (<i>left</i>) a letter on a set of digital scales weighing 0.50 g; (<i>right</i>) sugar on a set of scales weighing 150 g.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>You’ll notice that on the right-hand set of scales in the picture above, the needle points to 150 g. If you use scales like this, you need to know the divisions marked on the scales. You might have to count the marks between numbers.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Identifying weights on scales</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>What is the weight of the flour in these scales?</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_3a2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_3a2.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="b64e78a7" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_3a2.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="360"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 21 Weighing flour</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of flour in a set of scales. There are four marks between 50 g and 100 g, each representing another 10 g. The needle is level with the second mark.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>(Note that scales like this are calibrated to weigh only the flour inside the bowl – the weight on the scales is just the flour, not the flour and the bowl.)</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>There are four marks between 50 g and 100 g, each representing another 10 g. So the marks represent 60 g, 70 g, 80 g and 90 g. The needle is level with the second mark, so the weight is 70 g.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 11: Reading scales</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>How many grams of sugar are on the scales in the picture below? <Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_3b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_3b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="f7da42ea" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_3b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="359"/><Caption>Figure 22 Weighing sugar</Caption><Description>An illustration of sugar in a set of scales. There are four marks between 100 g and 150 g, each representing another 10 g. The needle is level with the fourth mark.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>What is this person’s weight in kilograms?<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_3c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_3c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="d029af18" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_3c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="310"/><Caption>Figure 23 Weighing a person</Caption><Description>An illustration of someone standing on weighing scales. There are nine marks between 60 kg and 70 kg, each representing another 1 kg. The needle is level with the fifth mark.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>How much does the letter weigh? <Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_3d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_3d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="7a0708fc" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_3d.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="500"/><Caption>Figure 24 Weighing a letter</Caption><Description>An illustration of a letter on a set of scales. There are nine marks between 0 g and 100 g, each representing another 10 g. The needle is level with the eighth mark.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>There are nine marks between 100 g and 200 g, so each mark represents 10 g. The needle is at the fourth mark after 100g, so there is: <UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>100 + 40 = 140 g of sugar</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The needle is halfway between 60 kg and 70 kg, so the person weighs 65 kg.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>There are nine marks between 0 g and 100 g, so there’s a mark at every 10 g. The needle is two marks before 100 g, so the letter weighs:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>100 – 20 = 80 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>3.2 Weighing things</Title>
                <Paragraph>It’s useful to have an idea of how much things weigh. It can help you to work out the weight of fruit or vegetables to buy in a market, for example, or whether your suitcase will be within the weight limit for a flight.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Try estimating the weight of something before you weigh it. It will help you to get used to measures of weight.</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Remember to use appropriate units. Give the weight of small things in grams and of heavy things in kilograms.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph>Remember that:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>1 g is approximately the weight of a paperclip.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>1 kg is the weight of a bag of sugar.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>1 kg = 1 000 g</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </Box>
                <Paragraph>Take a look at the example below before having a go at the activity.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Weighing an apple</Heading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Which metric unit would you use to weigh an apple?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Estimate how much an apple weighs and then weigh one.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>How much would 20 of these apples weigh? Would you use the same units?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>An apple is quite small, so it should be weighed in grams.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>How much did you estimate that an apple weighs? A reasonable estimate would be 100 g.</Paragraph><Paragraph>When we weighed an apple, it was 130 g. </Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Twenty apples would weigh:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>130 × 20 = 2 600 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>This answer could also be expressed in kilograms. To convert from grams to kilograms, you need to divide the figure in grams by 1 000 (1 kg = 1 000 g) . So the weight of the apples in kilograms is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 600 g ÷ 1 000 = 2.6 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>We will look more at converting metric units of weight in the next section.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 12: Weighing things</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>How much do ten teabags weigh? Estimate and then weigh them.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>How heavy is a bottle of sauce? How much would a case of 10 bottles weigh?<Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> The weight shown on the label is the weight of the sauce – it doesn’t include the weight of the bottle or jar that the sauce comes in. So for an accurate measurement, you need to weigh the bottle rather than read the label!</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>How heavy is a book?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Discussion>
                        <Paragraph>Our suggestions are shown in the table below. Your estimates and measured weights might be different, but they should be roughly similar.</Paragraph>
                        <Table>
                            <TableHead/>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Item</th>
                                    <th>Estimated weight</th>
                                    <th>Actual weight</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Ten teabags</td>
                                    <td>25 g</td>
                                    <td>30 g</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Bottle of sauce</td>
                                    <td>500 g</td>
                                    <td>450 g</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Book</td>
                                    <td>900 g</td>
                                    <td>720 g</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                        <Paragraph>A case of ten bottles of sauce would weigh:</Paragraph>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>450 × 10 = 4 500 g</ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <Paragraph>As previously noted, 1 000 g = 1 kg, so 4 500 g = 4.5 kg, which is how you would more usually express this weight.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>If your book weighed more than ours, you might have given its weight in kilograms. If you chose a small book, it may have weighed a lot less.</Paragraph>
                    </Discussion>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>3.3 Converting metric units of weight</Title>
                <Paragraph>There are occasions where you may have to convert between metric units of weight. Figure 25 shows you how to do this. In this section, we are only going to practise converting between grams (g) and
kilograms (kg).</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Weight is sometimes referred to as mass.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_l1_s2_fig25.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1%20for%20Wales/provided%20to%20welsh%20team%20-%20English%20version/assets/s2/outputs/bltl_wales_maths_l1_s2_fig25.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="33c5fc65" x_contenthash="f4f781d6" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_l1_s2_fig25.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="277"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 25 A conversion chart for weight</Caption>
                    <Description>
<Paragraph>A conversion chart for weight</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>g × 1 000 for mg; mg ÷ 1 000 for g</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>kg × 1 000 for g; g ÷ 1 000 for kg</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>t × 1 000 for kg; kg ÷ 1 000 for t</Paragraph>
</Description>
                </Figure>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Converting units of weight</Heading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Convert the following from kilograms into grams:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>4 kg = ? g</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>6.5 kg = ? g</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Convert the following from grams into kilograms:<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>8 000 g = ? kg</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 250 g = ? kg</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>As you can see from Figure 25, to convert from kilograms (kg) to grams (g) you need to multiply by 1 000:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>4 kg × 1 000 = 4 000 g</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>6.5 kg × 1 000 = 6 500 g</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>If you want to convert from grams (g) to kilograms (kg) you need to divide by 1 000:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>8 000 g ÷ 1 000 = 8 kg</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 250 g ÷ 1 000 = 1.25 kg</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 13: Converting metric units of weight</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Calculate the following without using a calculator. You may wish to look back at Session 1 to remind you how to <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=1.7.1">multiply</a> and <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=1.8.1">divide</a> by 1 000.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>You may double-check your answer with a calculator if you need to. Remember to
check your answers.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>Convert the following to kilograms:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>3 000 g</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>9 500 g</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>750 g</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>10 000 g</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Convert the following to grams:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>4 kg</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1.5 kg</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>7.6 kg</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2.25 kg</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>3 000 g ÷ 1 000 = 3 kg</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>9 500 g ÷ 1 000 = 9.5 kg</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>750 g ÷ 1 000 = 0.75 kg</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>10 000 g ÷ 1 000 = 10 kg</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>4 kg × 1 000 = 4 000 g</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1.5 kg × 1 000 = 1 500 g</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>7.6 kg × 1 000 = 7 600 g</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2.25 kg × 1 000 = 2 250 g</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>3.4 Calculate using metric units of weight</Title>
                <Paragraph>You may need to carry out other calculations with weight. This may require you to convert between metric units, either before you carry out the calculation or at the end.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Weight of ingredients</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>If you were to buy 750g of flour, 500g of sugar and 250g of butter, what is the total weight of these ingredients in kilograms?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>As all of the measurements are given in grams, you can add them together:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>750 g + 500 g + 250 g = 1 500 g</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>The question asks for the final weight in kilograms. Knowing that 1 kilogram equals 1 000 grams, you now need to convert the amount in grams:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>1 500 ÷ 1 000 = 1.5 kg</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: A block of cheese</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>A deli has a 1.4 kg block of cheese. Three pieces, each weighing 250 g, are cut from it. How much does the remaining block of cheese weigh?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>The main block of cheese is 1.4 kg, so you need to convert this into grams:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>1.4 kg × 1 000 = 1 400 g</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>The three pieces of cheese weigh: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>250 g × 3 = 750 g</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Taking this away from the original weight of the block of cheese gives you the answer:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>1 400 g – 750 g = 650 g</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 14: Carrying out calculations with weight</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Calculate the answers to the following problems without using a calculator. You may wish to look back at Session 1 to remind you about how to carry out calculations with <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=4">whole numbers and decimals</a>.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>You may double-check your answers with a calculator if you need to. Remember to check your answers.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>Lily is making 3 kg of jam. The jam is made up of fruit and sugar. The weight of the fruit is 1 kg 800 g. How much sugar should she add to make the 3 kg of jam?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Three parcels weigh 1.25 kg, 3.5 kg and 600g. What is the total weight of the parcels in kilograms?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The hand luggage allowance is 7 kg for a particular airline. If you buy a cabin bag that weighs 3.1 kg, what is the maximum weight that you can pack?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>A puppy weighs 2.3 kg at seven weeks old. It puts on 800 g a week. How much will it approximately weigh at ten weeks old?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You need to decide whether to convert everything into grams or kilograms first. Using Method 1, converting everything into grams, the total weight of the jam in grams will be: 
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3 kg × 1 000 = 3 000 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
The weight of the fruit is: 
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1 kg × 1 000 = 1 000 g + 800 g = 1 800 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Now you can take the weight of the fruit away from the total weight
needed:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3 000 g – 1 800 g = 1 200 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
If needed, you can convert to kilograms:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1 200 g ÷ 1 000 = 1.2 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Using Method 2, expressing the weight of the fruit in kilograms, the weight of the fruit is 1 kg 800 g, which is 1.8 kg. If you take the weight of the fruit away from the total weight of the jam needed, the answer is:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3 kg – 1.8 kg = 1.2 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You need to decide whether to convert everything into grams or
kilograms first. Using Method 1, converting everything to grams first:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>
<Paragraph>Parcel 1: 1.25 kg × 1 000 = 1 250 g</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Parcel 2: 3.5 kg × 1 000 = 3 500 g</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Parcel 3: 600g</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Add the weights of the parcels in grams:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1 250 g + 3 500 g + 600 g = 5 350 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
The question wants the answer in kilograms, you will need to convert:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>5 350 g ÷ 1 000 = 5.35 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Using Method 2, converting everything to kilograms first:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>
<Paragraph>Parcel 1: 1.25 kg</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Parcel 2: 3.5 kg</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Parcel 3: 600 g ÷ 1 000 = 0.6 kg</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Add the weights of the parcels in kilograms:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1.25 kg + 3.5 kg + 0.6 kg = 5.35 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>If the maximum hand luggage is 7 kg and the case weighs 3.1 kg, then you can pack the following amount without going over the maximum limit:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>7 kg – 3.1 kg = 3.9 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You may have worked this out in grams:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>
<Paragraph>Maximum weight: 7 kg × 1 000 g = 7 000 g</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Weight of case: 3.1 kg × 1 000 = 3 100 g</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Amount of luggage: 7 000 g – 3 100 g = 3 900 g</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>To work out the answer, convert the puppy’s weight at seven weeks into grams first:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2.3 kg × 1 000 = 2 300 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
The puppy puts on 800 g a week:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>
<Paragraph>Week 8: 2 300 g + 800 g = 3 100 g</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Week 9: 3 100 g + 800 g = 3 900 g</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Week 10: 3 900 g + 800 g = 4 700 g</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You may want to express you answer in kilograms:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>4 700 g ÷ 1 000 = 4.7 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to: </Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>estimate and measure weight</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>use metric units of weight</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>know the relationship between grams and kilograms</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>convert between grams and kilograms</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>calculate using metric weights.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>3.2 Comparing weights</Title>
                <Paragraph>By law, weights of goods for sale in the UK have to be in metric units: grams and kilograms.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Historically, however, most people used imperial measures of weight: in size order these are ounces, pounds and stones.</Paragraph>
                <UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem>16 ounces (oz) = 1 pound (lb)</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>14 pounds = 1 stone (st)</ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList>
                <Paragraph>You might still come across these weights sometimes.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>An ounce is a bit less than 30 g. A pound is a bit less than half a kilogram.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Two weight measurements</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You have an old ladder with a label that says it can hold up to 20 stone. You weigh 80 kg. Can you safely use the ladder?</Paragraph>
                    <Box>
                        <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> 1 st = 14 lb</Paragraph>
                    </Box>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>You need to work out roughly what 20 stone is in kilograms. First, you need to find out how much 20 stone is in pounds.</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>20 × 14 = 280 lbs</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>One pound is equivalent to nearly half a kilogram, so next you need to divide the weight in pounds by 2:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>280 ÷ 2 = 140</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>The ladder will take about 140 kg – so you’re safe!</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 8: Converting weights</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>An airline’s weight allowance for a piece of hand luggage is 5 kg. You have weighed your bag on some old bathroom scales and found that it is 7 lbs. Can you take it?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You are using a recipe your grandmother wrote down. It calls for 4 oz sugar. You only have 150 g left. Do you have enough to make the recipe?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>A pound is a bit less than half a kilogram. To estimate what the weight allowance is in pounds, you need to multiply the amount in kilograms by 2:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>5 × 2 = 10 lbs</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Alternatively, you could estimate how much your bag weighs in kilograms by dividing the amount in pounds by 2: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>7 ÷ 2 = 3.5 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Using either method, your bag doesn’t exceed the weight allowance.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>An ounce is a bit less than 30 g. To estimate how much sugar you need in ounces, you need to multiply the amount in ounces by 30:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>4 × 30 = 120 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Alternatively, you could estimate how much sugar you have in ounces by dividing the amount in grams by 30:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>150 ÷ 30 = 5 oz</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Using either method, you have enough sugar for the recipe.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
<InternalSection>
<Heading>Summary</Heading>
<Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to: </Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>estimate and measure weight</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>use metric units of weight</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>know the relationship between grams and kilograms</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>convert from imperial to metric units of weight.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList></InternalSection>
            </Section>-->
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>4 Capacity</Title>
            <Paragraph>Capacity (sometimes referred to as volume) is a measurement of how much space something takes up.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>When you buy milk, how much is in each bottle or carton? What about when you buy juice?</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Most people buy milk in cartons or bottles of one, two, four or six pints. Juice is usually sold in cartons or bottles of one litre. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Pints are an imperial measure of volume, and litres are a metric measure of volume. A litre is slightly less than two pints. We are going to focus on metric units here.</Paragraph>
            <Table>
                <TableHead>Metric units of length</TableHead>
                <tbody>
                    <tr>
                        <th>Metric unit</th>
                        <th>Abbreviation</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>millilitre</td>
                        <td>ml</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>centilitre</td>
                        <td>cl</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>litre</td>
                        <td>l</td>
                    </tr>
                </tbody>
            </Table>
            <Paragraph>You sometimes see capacity marked in centilitres (cl), such as on the side of a bottle of water, where the measurement may be shown as 50 cl or 500 ml. However, the most common metric units of capacity are millilitres and litres, so these are what we will focus on here.</Paragraph>
            <Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Key fact:</b> One litre (1 l) is the same as 1 000 millilitres (1 000 ml).</Paragraph>
            </Box>
            <Section>
                <Title>4.1 Instruments of measure</Title>
                <Paragraph>To measure a very small amount, you might use a teaspoon. This is the same as 5 millilitres (ml).</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess4_spoon.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1%20for%20Wales/provided%20to%20welsh%20team%20-%20English%20version/assets/s2/outputs/bltl_wales_maths_sess4_spoon.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="33c5fc65" x_contenthash="cf282acf" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess4_spoon.png" x_imagewidth="391" x_imageheight="150"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 26 A teaspoon</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a teaspoon.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>To measure larger amounts, you would probably use a measuring jug of some kind. Measuring jugs are often labelled in millilitres, especially newer ones, and they can come in different sizes: some can measure up to 500 ml of liquid and others up to 1 litre (1 000 ml). Some may hold more or less than this.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_4b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_4b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="06cc6ca5" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_4b.png" x_imagewidth="200" x_imageheight="200"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 27 A measuring jug</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a measuring jug.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Now take a look at the following example.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Measuring liquids</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>If you had to measure out 350 ml of juice for a recipe, where would the liquid come to in this jug?</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_4c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_4c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="c681483f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_4c.png" x_imagewidth="200" x_imageheight="200"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 28 Measuring liquids in a measuring jug</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of a measuring jug. It has a scale on the side up to 500 ml. </Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>There are three marks on the jug between 300 ml and 400 ml. These mark 325, 350 and 375 ml. So you need to fill the jug to the middle mark (remember to look for the level where the liquid touches the scale). You may have to hold a jug up to eye level to measure the amount as accurately as you can.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_4d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_4d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="50232f96" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_4d.png" x_imagewidth="200" x_imageheight="200"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 29 Measuring liquids in a measuring jug (answer)</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of a measuring jug. It has a scale on the side up to 500 ml. The water is level with 350 ml on the scale.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 15: Looking at capacity (volume)</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Now that you have seen the example, have a go at the following activity;</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>How much coffee or tea does a cup you usually drink out of hold? Estimate the volume first, and write down your estimate. Next, fill your cup with water and then pour the water into a measuring jug. (<b>Hint:</b> A standard bottle of water holds 500 ml. A can of of pop is 330 ml.)</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>A scientist has to measure 2.8 ml of liquid in this syringe. Where should the liquid come to?<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_4e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_4e.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="c24fed6f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_4e.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="105"/><Caption>Figure 30 A syringe</Caption><Description>An illustration of a syringe. The scale goes up to 3 ml, with nine marks between each millilitre.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>A plumber has drained water from a faulty central heating system into a set of measuring jugs. How many litres in total has the plumber drained from the system? Notice how on these measuring jugs, the scale is marked up in fractions of a litre rather than in millilitres.<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_4h.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_4h.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="ea25c812" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_4h.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="208"/><Caption>Figure 31 Three measuring jugs</Caption><Description><Paragraph>An illustration of three measuring jugs. The water is level with ‘1 litre’ on the first two jugs and with <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation> on the third.</Paragraph></Description></Figure></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>I estimated that my cup holds 400 ml. It actually holds 350 ml. Your
answer may be quite different to this, depending on the size of the cup.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The divisions are marked every 0.1 ml. The syringe should look like this:<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_4g.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_4g.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="da182a77" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_4g.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="106"/><Caption>Figure 32 A syringe (answer)</Caption><Description>An illustration of a syringe filled to 2.8 ml.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The plumber has drained two full one-litre jugs and three-quarters of another jug, making 2.75 litres in total. This could also be written as 2 750 ml or 2 litres 750 ml.</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>4.2 Converting metric units of capacity</Title>
                <Paragraph>You will sometimes need to change between millilitres and litres. There are 1 000 millilitres in a litre.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Take a look at this metric conversion chart to refer to when you are carrying out the activity below. </Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_4-1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_4-1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="2fb8f54c" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_4-1.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="212"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 33 A conversion chart for volume</Caption>
                    <Description>
<Paragraph>A conversion chart for volume.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Volume</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>l × 1 000 for ml; ml ÷ 1 000 for l</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>cl × 10 for ml; ml ÷ 10 for cl</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>l × 100 for cl; cl ÷ 100 for l</Paragraph>
</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>As mentioned earlier, capacity/volume can be measured in centilitres (cl), but it is more common to use millilitres (ml) and litres (l), so we will focus on converting between these here.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Converting units of capacity</Heading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Convert the following from litres into millilitres:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>7 litres = ? ml</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8.5 litres = ? ml</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Convert the following from millilitres into litres:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>6 000 ml = ? litres</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 750 ml = ? litres</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>As you can see from Figure 33, to convert from litres (l) to millilitres (ml), you need to multiply by 1 000:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>7 l × 1 000 = 7 000 ml</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8.5 l × 1 000 = 8 500 ml</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>If you want to convert from millilitres (ml) to litres (l) then you need to
divide by 1 000:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>6 000 ml ÷ 1 000 = 6 l</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 750 ml ÷ 1 000 = 2.75 l</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 16: Converting metric units of capacity</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Calculate the following without using a calculator. You may wish to look back at Session 1 to remind you how to <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=1.7.1">multiply</a> and <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=1.8.1">divide</a> by 1 000. Remember to check your answers.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>What are the following measurements in litres?
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>4 000 ml</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3 500 ml</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>650 ml</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8 575 ml</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>What are the following measurements in millilitres?
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>9 litres</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2.5 litres</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>4.8 litres</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8.95 litres</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>4 000 ml ÷ 1 000 = 4 litres</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3 500 ml ÷ 1 000 = 3.5 litres</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>650 ml ÷ 1 000 = 0.65 litres</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8 575 ml ÷ 1 000 = 8.575 litres</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>9 litres × 1 000 = 9 000 ml</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2.5 litres × 1 000 = 2 500 ml</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>4.8 litres × 1 000 = 4 800 ml</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8.95 litres × 1 000 = 8 950 ml</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>4.3 Calculate using metric units of capacity</Title>
                <Paragraph>You may need to carry out calculations involving capacity. This may require you to convert between metric units, either before you carry out the calculation or at the end.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Party food</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You are cooking for a large party. The recipe you are using calls for 600 ml of milk to make enough for four people.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>How many litres of milk will you need to make ten times as much?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>First you need to multiply the amount in millilitres by 10:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>600 × 10 = 6 000 ml</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>However, the question asks for an amount in <i>litres</i>, not millilitres. To convert from millilitres to litres, you need to divide the figure in millilitres by 1 000. So the amount of milk you need in litres is:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>6 000 ÷ 1 000 = 6 litres</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity using the conversion diagram on the previous page to help you answer the questions. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 17: Carrying out calculations involving capacity</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Calculate the answers to the following problems without using a calculator. <!--You may wish to look back at <EditorComment>Session 1</EditorComment> first to remind you about how to carry out calculations without a calculator first. -->You may double-check your answers with a calculator if you need to. Remember to check your answers.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph/>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>A nurse has to order enough soup for 100 patients on a ward. Each patient will eat 400 ml of soup. How many litres of soup must the nurse order?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Twenty people working in a craft workshop have to share the last two-litre bottle of glue. How many millilitres of glue can each person use? What would this be in centilitres?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Willow buys a two-litre carton of milk. She measures out 350 ml for a sauce, 25 ml for a cake and 100 ml for her toddler’s bedtime drink. How much milk is left in the carton? Express your answer
in millilitres.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Ben is having a party and he wants to make a non-alcoholic cocktail. He has found a recipe which states that he needs 500 ml of cranberry juice, 500 ml of grape juice, 250 ml of orange juice
and 1 litre of sparkling water to serve eight people. There will be 24 people at the party.
<Paragraph>How much of each ingredient will he need? Express your answers in litres.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Will an eight-litre drinks dispenser be big enough to hold his non-alcoholic cocktail?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>First you need to work out how much soup you will need in millilitres:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>100 × 400 = 40 000 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>To convert from millilitres to litres, you need to divide the figure in millilitres by 1 000. So the amount of milk you need in litres is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>40 000 ÷ 1 000 = 40 litres</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>First you need to work out how many millilitres are in 2 litres of glue:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 × 1 000 = 2 000 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>This amount is then divided between the twenty people working in the shop:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 000 ÷ 20 = 100 ml each</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>To convert this into centilitres, you would divide this answer by 10:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>100 ÷ 10 = 10 cl each</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>First add together the amount of milk Willow has used:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>350 ml + 25 ml + 100 ml = 475 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>The carton holds two litres, which in millilitres is:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 litres × 1 000 = 2 000 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>Now take the amount used away from the amount the carton holds:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 000 ml – 475 ml = 1 525 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>So 1 525 ml is left in the carton.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>
The quantities stated are enough to make the drink for eight people. If 24 people are invited to the party, Ben will need three times as much ingredients as stated in the recipe (8 × 3 = 24). So he will need:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>
<Paragraph>500 ml × 3 = 1 500 ml of cranberry juice (1 500 ÷ 1 000 = 1.5 litres)</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>500 ml × 3 = 1 500 ml of grape juice (1 500 ÷ 1 000 = 1.5 litres)</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>250 ml × 3 = 750 ml of orange juice (750 ÷ 1 000 = 0.75 litres)</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>1 litre × 3 = 3 litres of sparkling water (this is already in litres, so no conversion is needed)</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>To see if the bowl will be big enough, we need to add the quantities expressed in litres together:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1.5 litres + 1.5 litres + 0.75 litres + 3 litres = 6.75 litres</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>So the eight-litre drinks dispenser will be big enough.</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>identify the standard units for measuring volume or capacity</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>measure volumes</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>convert between metric units of capacity</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>carry out calculations with metric units of capacity.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>4.2 Using pints and gallons</Title>
                <Paragraph>You might still see the old, imperial units for measuring volume.</Paragraph>
                <UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem>20 fluid ounces (fl oz) = 1 pint (pt)</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>8 pts = 1 gallon (gal)</ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList>
                <Paragraph>A pint is a little more than half a litre.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>A fluid ounce is about 30 ml.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Some measuring jugs show both metric and imperial units. </Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_4-2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_4-2.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 35 Using metric and imperial units</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a measuring jug showing metric and imperial units, and a milk bottle labelled ‘2.27 litres, 4 pints’. Underneath the bottle is ‘1 litre = 0.568 pints’.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Buying petrol</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You have an old one-gallon can in your shed. You take it to the garage to buy petrol for your lawnmower. About how many litres of petrol can you buy?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>A pint is a little more than half a litre, so you can get just over a litre for every 2 pints.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>There are 8 pints in a gallon, so you can get just over 4 litres of petrol.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 11: Converting between metric and imperial measurements</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You are mixing up a quantity of weedkiller. The packet says to use a pint of weedkiller in a gallon of water. You have only a metric measuring jug. How much water should you use with 1 litre of weedkiller?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>An old recipe book tells you to make one pint of custard. You prefer to buy custard in the supermarket, where it is sold in cartons of 500 ml. How many cartons do you need to buy to be sure you have enough for the recipe?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You know that:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>8 pts = 1 gallon (gal)</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So you have to use eight times as much water as weedkiller.</Paragraph><Paragraph>If you use 1 litre of weedkiller, you will need 8 litres of water.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>A pint is a little more than half a litre, and the cartons of custard in the supermarket are 500 ml each. So to make one pint of custard, you would need to buy two cartons.</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
<InternalSection>
<Heading>Summary</Heading>
<Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>identify the standard units for measuring volume or capacity</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>measure volume (or capacity)</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>compare metric and imperial measures.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList></InternalSection>
                
                
            </Section>-->
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>5 Measuring temperature</Title>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="edd9c651" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/>
                <Caption>Figure 34 Comparing temperatures</Caption>
                <Description>An illustration of two thermometers, one showing –15°C, the other showing 25°C.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Temperature tells us how hot or cold something is. You will see or hear temperatures mentioned in a weather forecast, and will also come across them in recipes or other instructions.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Temperature is sometimes given in degrees Celsius (°C) and sometimes in degrees Fahrenheit (°F).</Paragraph>
            <Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> You might sometimes see Celsius called ‘centigrade’. Note that Celsius and centigrade are the same thing, referring to the same scale of measurement.</Paragraph>
            </Box>
            <Paragraph>Water freezes at 0° Celsius and boils at 100° Celsius. The temperature in the UK in the daytime is usually between 0° Celsius (0°C) on a cold winter’s day and 25° Celsius on a hot day in summer. </Paragraph>
            <Section>
                <Title>5.1 Reading temperatures</Title>
                <Paragraph>Many things have to be stored or used in a particular temperature range to be safe. Temperature is measured with a <b>thermometer</b>.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Thermometers for different uses show different ranges of temperatures.</Paragraph>
                <!--<Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_ml1_02_img_35.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_ml1_02_img_35.png" width="100%"/>
                    <Caption>(<i>Left</i>) This thermometer measures a person’s temperature and has a range of 35–40°C (95–104°F). (<i>Centre</i>) This thermometer measures the temperature outside and has a range from –10°C to 40°C (from –20°F to 100°F). (<i>Right</i>) This thermometer is on the wall of an industrial oven and shows temperatures in the range 0–500°C.</Caption>
                </Figure>-->
                <Paragraph>Take a look at the following example, which shows two types of thermometer.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Reading thermometers</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>What is the temperature shown on each thermometer below?</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_5-1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="b30b0a17" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-1b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="515"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 35 Reading the temperatures</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of two thermometers. In the first, there are four marks between 20°C and 30°C, and the temperature is level with the second mark. In the second, there is one mark between 37°C and 38°C, and the temperature is level with this mark.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>On the first thermometer, there are four divisions between 20 and 30, so the divisions mark every two degrees (22, 24, 26, 28). The reading is at the second mark after 20, so the temperature is 24°C.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>On the second thermometer, the temperature is at the mark halfway between 37 and 38, so it’s 37.5°C.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>What temperature do you think it is today? If you have a thermometer, check the temperature outside; if you don’t, you could use an online resource such as <a href="https://www.bbc.co.uk/weather">the BBC Weather pages</a> or your mobile phone to find the temperature near you.</Paragraph>
                <!--<Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_ml1_02_img_38.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_ml1_02_img_38.png" width="100%"/>
                </Figure>-->
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 18: Reading thermometers</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>What temperature is shown on each of these thermometers?</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_5-1c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-1c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="90d1c707" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-1c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/><Caption>Figure 36 A thermometer</Caption><Description>An illustration of a thermometer. There are four marks between 300°C and 400°C, and the temperature is level with the fourth mark.</Description>
                        </Figure></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_5-1d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-1d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="6735a154" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-1d.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="102"/><Caption>Figure 37 A thermometer</Caption><Description>An illustration of a thermometer. There is one mark between 38°C and 39°C, and the temperature is level with this mark.</Description>
                        </Figure></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_5-1e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-1e.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="ca120082" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-1e.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/><Caption>Figure 38 A thermometer</Caption><Description>An illustration of a thermometer. There are four marks between 10°C and 20°C, and the temperature is level with the third mark.</Description>
                        </Figure></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>Each mark on the thermometer represents 20°C and the needle is at the mark below 400, so the temperature is 380°C.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The reading is on the mark halfway between 38°C and 39°C, so the temperature is 38.5°C.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Each mark represents 2°C, so the temperature is 16°C.</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>5.2 Understanding temperature</Title>
                <!--<Paragraph>Using the right temperature is often a matter of safety. For example, you should store frozen food below –18°C. That means it must be 18°C colder than the point at which water freezes.</Paragraph>-->
                <Paragraph>Using the right temperature is often a matter of safety. Many things have
to be stored or used in a particular temperature range to be safe. A piece of machinery may not be able to operate properly below a minimum temperature or above a maximum temperature, or a jar of tablets may include advice on its label about what temperature it should be stored at.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_5-2a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-2a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="5dbd9bac" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-2a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="326"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 39 Warning labels</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a label reading ‘Caution: do not use below –5°C or above 30°C’, and a label on a jar of tablets reading ‘Store at 5°C’.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Temperatures used to be shown in degrees Fahrenheit. You will still see these measures sometimes. For example:</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_5-2b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-2b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="536368a2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-2b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="322"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 40 Temperatures in Celsius and Fahrenheit</Caption>
                    <Description><Paragraph>An illustration of a list of ingredients with cooking instructions (‘Ingredients: 1 oz butter (25 g); 1 small onion, finely chopped; <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> oz flour (10 g); 3 oz Cheddar cheese (75 g), grated; 1 egg yolk; 1 tablespoon grated Parmesan cheese; cook at 180°C (350°F)’), and a weather warning (‘August temperatures: 35–38°C (95–100°F)’.</Paragraph></Description>
                </Figure>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Note:</b> Fahrenheit is still used in the USA.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Paragraph>Here are some temperatures in Celsius and Fahrenheit:</Paragraph>
                <Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Celsius</th>
                            <th>Fahrenheit</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>–18</td>
                            <td>0</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>0</td>
                            <td>32</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>10</td>
                            <td>50</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>20</td>
                            <td>68</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>30</td>
                            <td>86</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>40</td>
                            <td>104</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>50</td>
                            <td>122</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <Paragraph>Take a look at the example below for comparing temperatures.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Safe storage</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You have instructions with chemicals sent from the USA that they must be stored at between 50 and 70°F. The thermometer on the storage tank shows the temperature in degrees Celsius.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_5-2c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-2c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="a727af8b" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-2c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 41 Using a thermometer in safe storage</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of a thermometer. There are four marks between 10°C and 15°C, and the temperature is level with the third mark.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Are the chemicals stored safely?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>Looking at the temperature comparison chart, 13°C falls in the following range:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>10°C = 50°F</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>20°C = 68°F</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>13°C falls between 10°C and 20°C, meaning that it is also in the range between 50°F and 68°F. The chemicals are stored safely.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 19: Celsius and Fahrenheit</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>A recipe for meringue says you must cook it at 150°C. Your cooker shows temperatures in Fahrenheit. What should you set it to? (Use the conversion chart below to help you.)</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                            <TableHead/>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Celsius</th>
                                    <th>Fahrenheit</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>100</td>
                                    <td>212</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>150</td>
                                    <td>302</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>200</td>
                                    <td>392</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>250</td>
                                    <td>482</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>300</td>
                                    <td>572</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>350</td>
                                    <td>662</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>The thermometer on an old freezer shows the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit.<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_5-2d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-2d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="fa82ecc5" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-2d.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/><Caption>Figure 42 Converting temperatures on old thermometers</Caption><Description>An illustration of a thermometer and a bag of frozen peas. The temperature is level with 1°F.</Description></Figure><Paragraph>A pack of food has a warning that it must be stored between –12°C and –25°C. Is the food stored safely? (Use the conversion chart below to help you.)</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                            <TableHead/>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Celsius</th>
                                    <th>Fahrenheit</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>–30</td>
                                    <td>–22</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>–20</td>
                                    <td>–4</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>–15</td>
                                    <td>5</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>–10</td>
                                    <td>14</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>–5</td>
                                    <td>23</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                    <td>32</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>10</td>
                                    <td>50</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                        <NumberedList start="3">
                            <ListItem>A machine must be turned off if the temperature rises above 600°F. Using a Celsius thermometer, you find out that the temperature of the machine is:<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s2_5-2e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-2e.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="7a40ad4a" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-2e.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/><Caption>Figure 43 A thermometer</Caption><Description>An illustration of a thermometer. There are four marks between 300°C and 400°C, and the temperature is halfway between the third and fourth mark.</Description></Figure><Paragraph>Is it safe to leave it turned on? (Use the conversion chart below to help you.)</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                            <TableHead/>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Celsius</th>
                                    <th>Fahrenheit</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                    <td>32</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>50</td>
                                    <td>122</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>100</td>
                                    <td>212</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>150</td>
                                    <td>302</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>200</td>
                                    <td>392</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>250</td>
                                    <td>482</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>300</td>
                                    <td>572</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>350</td>
                                    <td>662</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>400</td>
                                    <td>752</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You will see on the conversion chart that 150°C is equivalent to 302°F. The oven would not be marked this accurately, so you should set it to 300°F.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The thermometer shows 2°F, which you need to find the Celsius equivalent of. Five degrees Fahrenheit is –15°C; –4°F is –20°C. The temperature is between –15°C and –20°C, so the food is stored safely.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You need to find 600°F on the chart. You will see that 300°C is 572°F, and that 350°C is more than 600°F. The temperature on the dial is even higher than this, at 370°C. The machine is therefore not safe and must be switched off.</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have identified and practised:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>how to solve problems requiring calculation incorporating temperature</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>the correct way to read temperature and the difference between the units used.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </InternalSection>
                <!--<Activity>
                    <Heading><EditorComment>{Quiz}</EditorComment></Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Now that you have had a look at various forms of weights and measures have a go at the quiz and see what mark you get. This will enable you to see how much you have learnt and the areas that you need to develop.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList class="decimal">
                            <ListItem>Marie has a bookcase 95 cm long. She buys a 45cm extension for it. How long is it now?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Pete is making curtains. He sews three pieces of material together that measure 125 cm, 75 cm and 105 cm. How long is it altogether?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>My flower bed is 88 cm long. I want to make it half as long again. How long is it now?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Christine works in a bakery. She uses 5 kg of flour, 2 kg of fat and 1 kg 500 g of sugar in a cake mixture. What are these weights in grams?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>She divides the mixture into five tins. How much of each ingredient will be in each tin?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Helen's newborn twin boys weigh 3 kg 550 g and 3 kg 25 g. What is this in grams?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>They are weighed again a month later. One weighs 4 kg 145 g, the other weighs 3 kg 905 g. What is the difference between them in grams?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Niamh drinks 2.5 litres of water in a day.<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem>What is this in millilitres?</SubListItem><SubListItem>How much water will she drink in seven days?</SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Kirsty squeezes oranges to get 1.5 litres of fresh juice.<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem>What is this in millilitres?</SubListItem><SubListItem>If she splits the juice into five cups, what will each one contain?</SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>One bottle of wine holds 750ml. What is the capacity of five bottles in (a) ml, and (b) litres?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList class="decimal">
                            <ListItem>95 + 45 =140 cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>125 + 75 + 105 = 305 cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>88 ÷ 2 = 44<Paragraph>88 + 44 = 132 cm</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>5 × 1,000 = 5,000 g<Paragraph>2 × 1,000 = 2,000 g</Paragraph><Paragraph>1 × 1,000 = 1,000 g</Paragraph><Paragraph>5,000 + 2,000 + 1,000 + 500 = 8,500 g</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>8,500 ÷ 5 = 1,700 g in each tin</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>3 x 1,000 = 3,000<Paragraph>3,550 + 3,025 = 6,575 g</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>4,145 + 3,905 = 8,050<Paragraph>8,050 – 6,575 = 1,475 g difference</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>(a) 2.5 × 1,000 = 2,500 ml</Paragraph><Paragraph>(b) 2,500 × 7 = 17,500 ml, or 17.5 litres</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>(a) 1.5 × 1,000 = 1,500 ml</Paragraph><Paragraph>(b) 1,500 ÷ 5 = 300 ml</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem>3,750 ml</SubListItem><SubListItem>3,750 ÷ 1,000 = 3.75 litres</SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <Paragraph>Now you have completed the quiz, if you did not get all of the questions correct please identify your gaps in knowledge and have another go.</Paragraph>-->
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>6 Time</Title>
            <Paragraph>What’s the difference between the 12-hour clock and the 24-hour clock?</Paragraph>
            <Table>
                <TableHead/>
                <tbody>
                    <tr>
                        <th>12-hour clock</th>
                        <th>24-hour clock</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td><Paragraph>The hours go from 12 to 12, twice a day</Paragraph><Paragraph>You must use ‘a.m.’ or ‘p.m.’: ‘a.m.’ means ‘before noon’ and ‘p.m.’ means ‘after noon’</Paragraph></td>
                        <td><Paragraph>The hours go from 0 to 23</Paragraph><Paragraph>Time is always shown in four digits</Paragraph><Paragraph>You do not use ‘a.m.’ or ‘p.m.’</Paragraph><Paragraph>Commonly used in timetables, mobile phones and computers</Paragraph></td>
                    </tr>
                </tbody>
            </Table>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Converting times before noon</Heading>
                <Paragraph>It is easy to change from the 12-hour clock to the 24-hour clock for times before noon (or times ending ‘a.m.’). So for example, ‘4:25 a.m.’ would be written as ‘04:25’. ‘11:35 a.m.’ would be ‘11:35’.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>(Note that many timetables don’t show the colon in the 24-hour clock, so these times would be shown as ‘0425’ or ‘1135’.)</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>How would you write a quarter to eight in the morning as a 24-hour clock time?</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>Fifteen minutes before eight o’clock is the same as 45 minutes past 7, so it is written as 07:45.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>To change from the 12-hour clock to 24-hour clock for times after noon (ending ‘p.m.’), you
usually need to add 12 hours.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Converting times after noon</Heading>
                <NumberedList>
                    <ListItem>How would you express 8:15 p.m. using the 24-hour clock?</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>How would you write quarter to eight in the evening as a 24-hour clock time?</ListItem>
                </NumberedList>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <NumberedList>
                    <ListItem>You need to add 12 hours:
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess6_fig1_1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1%20for%20Wales/provided%20to%20welsh%20team%20-%20English%20version/assets/s2/outputs/bltl_wales_maths_sess6_fig1_1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="33c5fc65" x_contenthash="adb9ef52" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess6_fig1_1.png" x_imagewidth="172" x_imageheight="105"/>
<Description>Calculating 8:15 + 12:00.</Description>
</Figure>
<Paragraph>So 8:15 p.m. is 20:15 in a 24-hour clock.</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>You add 12 hours:
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess6_fig1_2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1%20for%20Wales/provided%20to%20welsh%20team%20-%20English%20version/assets/s2/outputs/bltl_wales_maths_sess6_fig1_2.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="33c5fc65" x_contenthash="d8367717" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess6_fig1_2.png" x_imagewidth="171" x_imageheight="105"/>
<Description>Calculating 7:45 + 12:00.</Description>
</Figure>
<Paragraph>So 7:45 p.m. is 19:45 in a 24-hour clock.</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
                </NumberedList>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Take care with times with the hour of 12. So quarter past midnight, or 12:15 a.m. is 00:15 in a 24-hour clock. Likewise quarter past midday, or 12:15 p.m., is 12:15 in a 24-hour clock.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 20: The 24-hour clock</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess6_act18_fig1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1%20for%20Wales/provided%20to%20welsh%20team%20-%20English%20version/assets/s2/outputs/bltl_wales_maths_sess6_act18_fig1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="33c5fc65" x_contenthash="3298643e" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess6_act18_fig1.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="342"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 44 A clock face</Caption>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Express the following times in the 24-hour clock. Remember, for <i>some</i> of the times you will need to use the method of adding on 12 hours to convert the time intothe  24-hour format. You could use Figure 44 to help you count on 12 hours.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>8:15 a.m.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>2:50 p.m.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>5:40 a.m.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>9:22 p.m.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Ten to ten in the morning</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Five past six in the evening</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>08:15</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>14:50</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>05:40</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>21:22</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>09:50</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>18:05</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Section>
                <Title>6.1 Calculate time difference</Title>
                <Paragraph>You may need to work out differences in time, e.g. to work out the length of a TV programme or journey time.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>There are different ways to work out the difference in time. One of the easiest ways is to use the adding on method.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Time difference by adding on</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>How long is it from 08:45 to 10:30?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>The start time is 08:45.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The number of minutes between 08:45 and the start of the next hour, 09:00, is 15 minutes.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The number of hours between 09:00 and 10:00 is one hour.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The number of minutes between 10:00 and 10:30 is 30 minutes.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>So the time between 08:45 to 10:30 is: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>15 minutes + 30 minutes + 1 hour = 1 hour 45 minutes</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 21: Time difference</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>What is the length of time between the following times?</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>03:55 to 06:35</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>09:45 to 12:15</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>08:26 to 10:14</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>7:55 a.m. to 1:10 p.m.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Midday to 15:50</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>3:15 am to midnight</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>
<Paragraph>The start time is 03:55.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>The number of minutes between 03:55 and the start of the next hour, 04:00, is 5 minutes.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>The number of hours between 04:00 and 06:00 is two hours.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>The number of minutes between 06:00 and 06:35 is 35 minutes.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>So the time between 03:55 to 06:35 is:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>5 minutes + 35 minutes + 2 hours = 2 hours 40 minutes</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>
<Paragraph>The start time is 09:45.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>The number of minutes between 09:45 and the start of the next hour, 10:00, is 15 minutes.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>The number of hours between 10:00 and 12:00 is two hours.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>The number of minutes between 12:00 and 12:15 is 15 minutes.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>So the time between 09:45 to 12:15 is:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>15 minutes + 15 minutes + 2 hours = 2 hours 30 minutes</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <Paragraph>Following the same method, you should have these answers for the other questions:</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList start="3">
                            <ListItem>1 hour 48 minutes</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>5 hours 15 minutes</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>3 hours 50 minutes</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>20 hours 45 minutes</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>7 Session 2 quiz</Title>
            <Paragraph>Now it’s time to review your learning in the end-of-session quiz.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><olink targetdoc="Session 2 practice quiz">Session 2 quiz</olink>.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Open the quiz in a new window or tab (by holding ctrl [or cmd on a Mac] when you click the link), then return here when you have done it.</Paragraph>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>8 Session 2 summary</Title>
            <Paragraph>You have now completed Session 2, ‘Units of measure’. If you have identified any areas that you need to work on, please ensure you refer to this section of the course and retry the activities.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You should now be able to:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>solve problems requiring calculation with common measures, including time, length, weight, capacity and temperature</ListItem>
                <ListItem>convert units of measure in the same system.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>All of the skills listed above will help you with tasks in everday life, such as measuring for new furniture or redesigning a room or garden. These are essential skills that will help you progress through your employment and education.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You are now ready to move on to Session 3.</Paragraph>
        </Session>
    </Unit>
    <Unit>
        <UnitID/>
        <UnitTitle>Session 3: Shape and space</UnitTitle>
        <Introduction>
            <Title>Introduction</Title>
            <Paragraph>How often do you have to work with flat shapes in an everyday situation? You may need to measure around an object or plan how you would like to lay out your room.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>By the end of this session you will be able to:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>name common two-dimensional and three-dimensional shapes</ListItem>
                <ListItem>identify different types of angle</ListItem>
                <ListItem>work out how far it is around a shape</ListItem>
                <ListItem>work out the area of a shape</ListItem>
                <ListItem>work out the volume of a cube or cuboid</ListItem>
                <ListItem>use scale in drawings and maps.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_a50_shapes.mp4" type="video" width="512" x_manifest="bltl_a50_shapes_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="3816b519" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="97bf26f6" x_subtitles="bltl_a50_shapes.srt">
                <Transcript>
                    <Paragraph>[MUSIC PLAYING]</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>You’ll often find yourself working with flat shapes, whether it’s working out the most cost-effective way to tile a bathroom or judging how many tins of paint you’ll need while decorating it and how much detergent you’ll need to clean up afterwards!</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Looking at shape and space will give you some very useful ways to think about the world, including how different designs can have different effects, like making rooms look bigger. All of this will help you in everyday tasks, as well as many areas in your studies and at work. </Paragraph>
                </Transcript>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_a50_shapes.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/AV/bltl_a50_shapes.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="341c8696" x_imagesrc="bltl_a50_shapes.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="288"/>
                </Figure>
            </MediaContent>
            <!--<Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 1: Shape riddles</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Can you identify the shapes from the riddles below?</Paragraph>
<NumberedList>
<ListItem>I am a solid shape. I have no flat faces. I have no edges. What am I?</ListItem>
<ListItem>I am a flat shape. I have four sides and four right angles. My sides are the same length. What am I?</ListItem>
<ListItem>I am a flat shape. I have five sides. I have five angles. What am I?</ListItem>
<ListItem>I am a solid shape. I have 24 right angles and six faces. All my sides are the same length. What am I?</ListItem>
<ListItem>I am a flat shape. I have six sides and six angles. My sides are different lengths. What am I?</ListItem>
<ListItem>I am a solid shape. I have two faces. My faces are different shapes. What am I?</ListItem>
<ListItem>I am a solid shape. I have three faces and two sides. Two of my faces are the same. What am I?</ListItem>
<ListItem>I am a flat shape. I have three sides and three angles. None of my sides are the same length. What am I?</ListItem>
</NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Paragraph>Let’s see how many you got correct. Check your answers below. </Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList class="decimal">
                        <ListItem>Sphere</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Square</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Regular pentagon</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Cube</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Irregular hexagon</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Cone</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Cylinder</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Scalene triangle</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>How did you do? Did you get them all correct? If not, why not go back and have another go?</Paragraph>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>-->
        </Introduction>
        <Session>
            <Title>1 Shapes</Title>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.1 Polygons</Title>
                <Paragraph>A polygon is simply a general term for a shape with straight sides.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 1: Identifying polygons</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Which of the following shapes are polygons?</Paragraph>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig1.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig1.png" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="00666e78" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig1.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="316"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 1 Six shapes</Caption>
                            <Description>Six illustrations of sides, labelled (a) to (f). Shapes (a), (c), (d) and (e) have straight sides; shapes (b) and (f) have curved sides.</Description>
                        </Figure>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>Shapes (a), (c), (d) and (e) are polygons. Shapes (b) and (f) are not polygons because they have curved sides.</Paragraph>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <Paragraph>A regular polygon is a shape with sides that are the same length and angles that are all the same size.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>A polygon with six sides is a hexagon. The shapes in Figure 2 are both hexagons, but only one is a regular hexagon. </Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig2.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig2.png" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="132e904a" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig2.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="154"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 2 Two hexagons</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of two hexagons. One is a regular polygon because its sides are the same length and its angles are all the same size.</Description>
                </Figure>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.2 Angles</Title>
                <Paragraph>An angle is formed where two straight lines (or sides) meet. Angles are measured in degrees, which is shown by using the symbol ° after the number of degrees. So for example, 45° means an angle of 45 degrees.</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Note:</b> Do not confuse these with degrees Celsius, centigrade or Fahrenheit, which are used to measure temperature.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Paragraph>There are 360° in a circle. There are 180° in a half-turn – that is, from north to south on a compass, or from 9 to 3 on a clock.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>An angle of 90° is a quarter-turn – from north to east on a compass, or from 12 to 3 on a clock. These angles are also known as right angles. Right angles are shown like this: </Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig3.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig3.png" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="de9cbeb9" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig3.png" x_imagewidth="185" x_imageheight="158"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 3 A right angle</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a right angle – that is, an angle of 90°.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Right angles are very common in everyday life. Look around you and see how many you can spot.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Here are a few examples of where you might have noticed a right angle:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>the corners of your screen (a corner is where two lines meet)</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>corners of windows</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>the corners of a book page</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>where the walls meet the floor</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>where the table legs meet the top.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Paragraph>Angles of less than 90° are called acute angles. Angles of more than 90° are called obtuse angles.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 2: Angles</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Which angles in Figure 4 are right angles, acute angles or obtuse angles?</Paragraph>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig4.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig4.png" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="84a2c889" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig4.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="316"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 4 Angles</Caption>
                            <Description>Six illustrations of angles, labelled (a) to (f). Angles (a) and (f) are greater than 90°; angles (b) and (d) are less than 90°; angles (c) and (e) are exactly 90°.</Description>
                        </Figure>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>Angles (a) and (f) are obtuse angles (greater than 90°).</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Angles (b) and (d) are acute angles (less than 90°).</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Angles (c) and (e) are right angles (exactly 90°).</Paragraph>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.3 2D and 3D shapes</Title>
                <Paragraph>‘2D’, or ‘two-dimensional’, simply means that the shape is flat. We can draw 2D shapes on paper. Common examples are shown in Figure 5.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig5.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig5.png" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="c101035a" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig5.png" x_imagewidth="352" x_imageheight="391"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 5 2D shapes</Caption>
                    <Description>Six illustrations of 2D shapes: a circle, square, rectangle, pentagon, triangle and hexagon.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>A ‘3D’ (‘three-dimensional’) shape is a solid shape. It has three dimensions, that is, length, width and depth. An easy way of thinking about the difference between a 2D and a 3D shape is to think ‘If I shone a torch on the shape, would it have a shadow?’ 3D shapes cast a shadow but 2D shapes don’t.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Obviously the screen that you’re reading this on is 2D, so 3D shapes are represented using shading.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig6.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig6.png" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="d7ce167f" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig6.png" x_imagewidth="351" x_imageheight="155"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 6 A 2D and 3D shape</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a circle (2D) and a sphere (3D).</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 3: 2D or 3D?</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Say if the following shapes are 2D or 3D:</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Which shapes in Figure 7 are 2D and which are 3D?</Paragraph>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig7.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig7.png" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="8b807b39" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig7.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="316"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 7 2D and 3D shapes</Caption>
                            <Description>Six illustrations of 2D and 3D shapes.</Description>
                        </Figure>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>Shapes (a), (c) and (e) are 2D.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Shapes (b), (d) and (f) are 3D.</Paragraph>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section>
                <Title>1.4 Common 3D shapes</Title>
                <Paragraph>You will  be familiar with some common 3D shapes.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig8.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig8.png" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="8c398a0a" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig8.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="316"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 8 3D shapes</Caption>
                    <Description>Four illustrations of 3D shapes: cylinder, sphere, cube and cuboid.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Make sure you understand the difference between a cube (3D square) and a cuboid (3D rectangle).</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Paragraph>Some other 3D shapes that you may come across are shown in Figure 9.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig9.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig9.png" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="d4b57f6a" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig9.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="315"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 9 3D shapes</Caption>
                    <Description>Four illustrations of 3D shapes: square-based pyramid, triangle-based pyramid, cone and triangualr prism.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 4: Properties of 3D shapes</Heading>
                    <Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>The sides of 3D shapes are known as faces. Complete the following table:</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <Table>
                                    <TableHead/>
                                    <tbody>
                                        <tr>
                                            <th>Shape</th>
                                            <th>Number of faces</th>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cube</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l1"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Square-based pyramid</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l2"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Sphere</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l3"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cylinder</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l4"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cuboid</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l5"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cone</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l6"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Triangular-based pyramid</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l7"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Triangular prism</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l8"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                    </tbody>
                                </Table>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Table>
                                    <TableHead/>
                                    <tbody>
                                        <tr>
                                            <th>Shape</th>
                                            <th>Number of faces</th>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cube</td>
                                            <td>6</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Square-based pyramid</td>
                                            <td>5</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Sphere</td>
                                            <td>1</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cylinder</td>
                                            <td>3</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cuboid</td>
                                            <td>6</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cone</td>
                                            <td>2</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Triangular-based pyramid</td>
                                            <td>4</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Triangular prism</td>
                                            <td>5</td>
                                        </tr>
                                    </tbody>
                                </Table>
                                <Paragraph>As well as faces, 3D shapes also have edges and vertices (corners):</Paragraph>
                                <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/youtube:6x1-_vA-0-s" type="embed" x_manifest="6x1-_vA-0-s_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem>Complete the following table:</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <Table>
                                    <TableHead/>
                                    <tbody>
                                        <tr>
                                            <th>Shape</th>
                                            <th>Number of edges</th>
                                            <th>Number of vertices</th>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cube</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l9"/></td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l10"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Square-based pyramid</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l11"/></td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l12"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Sphere</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l13"/></td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l14"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cylinder</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l15"/></td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l16"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cuboid</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l17"/></td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l18"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cone</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l19"/></td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l20"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Triangular-based pyramid</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l21"/></td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l22"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Triangular prism</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l23"/></td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l24"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                    </tbody>
                                </Table>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Table>
                                    <TableHead/>
                                    <tbody>
                                        <tr>
                                            <th>Shape</th>
                                            <th>Number of edges</th>
                                            <th>Number of vertices</th>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cube</td>
                                            <td>12</td>
                                            <td>8</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Square-based pyramid</td>
                                            <td>8</td>
                                            <td>5</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Sphere</td>
                                            <td>0</td>
                                            <td>0</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cylinder</td>
                                            <td>2</td>
                                            <td>0</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cuboid</td>
                                            <td>12</td>
                                            <td>8</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cone</td>
                                            <td>1</td>
                                            <td>1</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Triangular-based pyramid</td>
                                            <td>6</td>
                                            <td>4</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Triangular prism</td>
                                            <td>9</td>
                                            <td>6</td>
                                        </tr>
                                    </tbody>
                                    <TableFootnote>A sphere has just one curved face, so it has no edges or vertices.</TableFootnote>
                                </Table>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>2 Symmetry</Title>
            <Paragraph>A 2D symmetrical shape can be folded in half so that both sides are the same. The fold is called a line (or lines) of symmetry. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>The shapes in Figure 10 have one line of symmetry.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig10.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig10.png" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="3c8ba0db" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig10.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="193"/>
                <Caption>Figure 10 One line of symmetry</Caption>
                <Description>Three illustrations of shapes with one line of symmetry.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Some shapes, such as the middle one above, will only have one line of symmetry because of the details included, like the eyes, nose and mouth. However, a circle with no added details has an infinite number of lines of symmetry!</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>The shapes in Figure 11 have multiple lines of symmetry.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig11.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig11.png" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="8d53d733" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig11.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="193"/>
                <Caption>Figure 11 Multiple lines of symmetry</Caption>
                <Description>Three illustrations of shapes with multiple lines of symmetry.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 5: Lines of symmetry</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>How many lines of symmetry in Figure 12 does each of these letters have?</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig12.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig12.png" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="146d7ad0" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig12.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="193"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 12 How many lines of symmetry?</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of the word ‘MATHS’.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig13.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig13.png" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="fcc4eb6b" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig13.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="193"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 13 Lines of symmetry</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of the word ‘MATHS’, with the lines of symmetry added.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>‘M’, ‘A’ and ‘T’ have one line of symmetry.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>‘H’ has two lines of symmetry.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>‘S’ has no lines of symmetry.</Paragraph>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 6: How many lines of symmetry?</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Sometimes a line of symmetry is called a mirror line, because if you placed a mirror along the line the shape would look the same.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Try writing your name in capital letters and seeing how many lines of symmetry each letter has. You could use a mirror to check your answers.</Paragraph>
                </Question>
            </Activity>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>3 Around the edge</Title>
            <Paragraph>When might you need to work out how far it is around a flat shape?</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You will need to know how far it is around the edge of a shape when you want to put a border around something, such as a wallpaper border around a room, or a brick wall around a patio. You might have thought of different examples.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>The distance around any shape is called the perimeter. You can work out the perimeter by adding up all of the sides. The sides are measured in units of length or distance, such as centimetres, metres or kilometres. When you calculate the perimeter of a shape, you need to make sure that all of the measurements are in the same units, converting if necessary.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s4_1a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="c363f944" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_1a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="356"/>
                <Caption>Figure 14 Looking at perimeters</Caption>
                <Description>An illustration of an oblong and a right-angled triangle. The sides of both shapes are labelled with measurements. The oblong’s sides are 10 cm, 5 cm, 10 cm and 5 cm (totalling 30 cm), and the triangle’s sides are 4 cm, 5 cm and 3 cm (totalling 12 cm).</Description>
            </Figure>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: A length of ribbon</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Have a look at Figure 15 to work out how much decorative ribbon you need to go around each shape.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s4_1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="d0e0ef02" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_1b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="486"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 15 Calculating the length of ribbon</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of an oblong and an equilateral triangle. The sides of both sides are labelled with measurements. The oblong’s sides are 6 cm (×2) and 4 cm (×2), and the triangle’s sides are 5 cm, 5 cm and 5 cm.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>You need to measure all the sides and add them together.</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Opposite sides of a rectangle are the same length.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Paragraph>The sides of the rectangular box are:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>6 + 6 + 4 + 4 = 20 cm</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>You will need 20 cm of ribbon.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>The sides of the triangular box are:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>5 + 5 + 5 = 15 cm</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>You will need 15 cm of ribbon.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Lawn edging</Heading>
                <Paragraph>So far when you have been working out the perimeter of a rectangle you have added up all four sides. However, there is a quicker way of calculating the perimeter. You may have recognised that all rectangles have two equal short sides and two equal long sides. Therefore you can then work out the perimeter of a rectangle by using each number twice. </Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>(2 × long side) + (2 × short side) = perimeter</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>The long side is the length. The short side is the width.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>(A square is a type of rectangle where all four sides are the same length. So to find out the perimeter of a square, you need to multiply the length of one side by 4.)</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>How many metres of lawn edging do you need to go around this lawn?</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s4_1c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="6edbb308" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_1c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="316"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 16 A lawn</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration showing a lawn that measures 15 m by 8 m.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>You need to work out twice the width, plus twice the length:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>(2 × 15) + (2 × 8)</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>Once you’ve worked these out, it makes the answer to the question easier to get:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>(2 × 15) + (2 × 8) = 30 + 16 = 46 m</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 7: Finding the perimeter</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>You need to hang bunting around the tennis courts for the local championships. How much bunting do you need? <Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s4_1d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="af1678f2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_1d.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="282"/><Caption>Figure 17 Four tennis courts</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing a row of four tennis courts that measures 40 m by 20 m.</Description>
</Figure></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Jackie wants to put a fence around her vegetable garden. Her garden is rectangular in shape and is 5 metres long by 4 metres wide. What length of fence is needed?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <!--<NumberedList>
<ListItem/></NumberedList>
                    
                    
<NumberedList start="2"><ListItem>How much tape does the police officer need to close off this crime scene?<Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s4\bltl_m1_s4_1e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1e.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 17 A crime scene</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing a crime scene that measures 13 m by 10 m.</Description>
                    </Figure></ListItem></NumberedList>-->
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>
<Paragraph>The sides of the tennis courts are 20 m and 40 m.</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>(2 × 20) + (2 × 40) = 40 + 80 = 120</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>So 120 m of bunting will be needed.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>
<Paragraph>The sides of the garden are 5 m and 4 m.</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>(2 × 5) + (2 × 4) = 10 + 8 = 18</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>So 18 m of fencing will be needed.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <!--<NumberedList>
<ListItem><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem/></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
<ListItem><Paragraph>The sides of the crime scene are 13 m and 10 m.</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>(2 × 10) + (2 × 13) = 20 + 26 = 46</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So 46 m of police tape will be needed.</Paragraph></ListItem>
</NumberedList>-->
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Section>
                <Title>3.1 Measuring the perimeter of irregular shapes</Title>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: How to measure the perimeter of an irregular shape</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>How would you measure the perimeter of an irregular shape – an L-shaped room, for instance – if you didn’t have all of the measurements that you would  need? Watch the following video to find out.</Paragraph>
                    <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/19_ani_irregular_shapes.mp4" type="video" width="512" x_manifest="19_ani_irregular_shapes_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="3816b519" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="fb5b09d6" x_subtitles="19_ani_irregular_shapes.srt">
                        <Transcript>
                            <Paragraph>Say you needed to find the perimeter of this shape, but two of the measurements are missing. How would you find them out? You can assume that all of the corners are right angles. You need to use the measurements that you do know. </Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>So if you want to find out the missing side on the right, you know that the left-hand side opposite to this is 12 millimetres long. And there is another measurement on the same side in the middle of the shape that is 7 millimetres long. </Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>The missing length must then be the difference between 7 and 12 millimetres. Here’s a sum to show this: 12 minus 7 equals 5 millimetres. So the answer for the right-hand side is 5 millimetres. You can check this by adding 5 and 7, which makes 12 millimetres, the same as the left-hand side. </Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>To find out the length at the bottom of the shape, because you know that all of the corners are right angles, you can add together the other two parallel measurements that are given: 15 plus 8 equals 23 millimetres. So the bottom of the shape is 23 millimetres. </Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>Now you know the measurements for all of the shape’s edges, you can measure the perimeter. 12 plus 15 plus 7 plus 8 plus 5 plus 23 equals 70 millimetres. So the perimeter is 70 millimetres. </Paragraph>
                        </Transcript>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/19_ani_irregular_shapes.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/AV/19_ani_irregular_shapes.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="3659716f" x_imagesrc="19_ani_irregular_shapes.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="288"/>
                        </Figure>
                    </MediaContent>
                    <!--                    <Paragraph>Say you needed to find the perimeter of this shape – but two of the measurements are missing! How would you find them out?</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>You can assume that all of the corners are right angles.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s4\bltl_m1_s4_1-1a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1-1a.png" width="100%"/>
                    </Figure>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>You need to use the measurements that you do know. So if you want to find out the vertical edge on the right-hand side of the shape, you know that the left-hand vertical edge is 12 mm long, and that there is another vertical edge in the middle of the shape that is 7 mm long. Because you can assume that all of the corners are right angles, the missing length must be the difference between 7 and 12 mm.</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>12 – 7 = 5 mm</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So the vertical edge is 5 mm. (You can check this by adding 5 and 7 mm, which makes 12 mm – the same as the left-hand vertical edge.)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>To find out the length of the horizontal edge at the bottom of the shape, because you know that all of the corners are right angles, you can add together the other two horizontal measurements that are given:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>15 + 8 = 23 mm</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So the horizontal edge is 23 mm.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s4\bltl_m1_s4_1-1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1-1b.png" width="100%"/>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Now you know the measurements for all of the shape’s edges, you can measure the perimeter: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>12 + 15 + 7 + 8 + 5 + 23 = 70mm</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>The perimeter is 70 mm.</Paragraph>-->
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 8: Finding the perimeter</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Note that you can assume that all of the corners in the images in this activity are right angles.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>A gardener decides to lay a new path next to his lily pond. The drawing shows the dimensions of the path. <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s4_1-1c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1-1c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="4ad8a046" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_1-1c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="407"/><Caption>Figure 18 A pathway</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing an irregular shape. Not all of its horizontal and vertical medges are measured: of those that are, the horizontal edges measure 1.5 m and 15 m, and the vertical edges measure 3 m and 14 m.</Description>
                        </Figure><Paragraph>The gardener decides to paint a white line around the perimeter of the path. What is the perimeter of the path?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>A tourist information centre has a new extension. <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s4_1-1d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1-1d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="67a4d02e" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_1-1d.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="425"/><Caption>Figure 19 A new extension</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing an irregular shape. Not all of its horizontal and vertical medges are measured: of those that are, the horizontal edges measure 1 m, 1 m and 6 m, and the vertical edges measure 2 m and 5 m.</Description>
                        </Figure><Paragraph>The tourist board wants to attach a gold strip around the border of the floor of the building. What is the perimeter of the new extension?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>To calculate the missing sides you should have carried out the following calculations:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>14 – 3 = 11</SubListItem><SubListItem>15 – 1.5 = 13.5</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Now that you have found the missing sides, you can add them all together:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>15 + 14 + 1.5 + 3 + 13.5 + 11= 58 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>To calculate the missing sides you need to carry out the following calculations to calculate the perimeter:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>5 – 2 = 3</SubListItem><SubListItem>6 – 2 = 4</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Now that you have found the missing sides, you can add them all up together to calculate the perimeter:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>6 + 3 + 3 + 1 + 1 + 2 + 2 + 4 = 22 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to work out the perimeter of both simple and irregular shapes.</Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
                <!--<Summary>
                    <Paragraph>In this topic you have learned how to work out the perimeter of a simple shape.</Paragraph>
                </Summary>-->
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>4 Area</Title>
            <Paragraph>Area is the amount of space a flat shape takes up. You need to be able to calculate area if you ever need to order a carpet for your house, buy tiles for a kitchen or bathroom, or calculate how much paint to buy when redecorating. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>This patio has paving slabs that are 1 metre square (each side is 1 metre). How many paving slabs are there on the patio?</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s4_2h.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_2h.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="55b0746c" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_2h.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="294"/>
                <Caption>Figure 20 Paving slabs</Caption>
                <Description>An illustration of three rows of six paving slabs.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Area is measured in ‘square’ units. This means that the area is shown as the number of squares that would cover the surface. So if a patio covered with 18 squares that are 1 metre by 1 metre, the area is 18 square metres.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>(If you count them, you will find there are 18 squares.)</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Smaller areas would be measured in square centimetres. Larger areas can be measured in square kilometres or square miles.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You can work out the area of a rectangle, like the patio above, by multiplying the long side by the short side:</Paragraph>
            <Extract>
                <Paragraph>width × length = area</Paragraph>
            </Extract>
            <Paragraph>The patio is:</Paragraph>
            <Extract>
                <Paragraph>6 × 3 = 18 square metres</Paragraph>
            </Extract>
            <Paragraph>‘Square metres’ can also be written ‘sq m’ or ‘m<sup>2</sup>’.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: The area of a table</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Fran sees a rectangular dining table she likes. It measures 2 m by 1.5 m. What is the area of the table?</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig15.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig15.png" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="64641600" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig15.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 21 A dining table</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a table measuring 2 m long by 1.5 m wide.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>To find the area we need to multiply the length of the table by the width:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>2 m × 1.5 m = 3 square metres</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>So the table is 3 m<sup>2</sup>.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 9: Area of a rectangle</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Complete the following table by calculating the missing areas without using a calculator. You will have looked at methods for <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=1.7.1">multiplying whole numbers and decimals</a> in Session 1. Show your answers in correct square units.</Paragraph>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Length</th>
                                <th>Width</th>
                                <th>Area in square units (centimetres, metres, kilometres)</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>80 cm</td>
                                <td>30 cm</td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a9_l1"/></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>7 m</td>
                                <td>4 m</td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a9_l2"/></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>2.5 km</td>
                                <td>2 km</td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a9_l3"/></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>5.5 m</td>
                                <td>2.4 m</td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a9_l4"/></td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Length</th>
                                <th>Width</th>
                                <th>Area in square units (centimetres, metres, kilometres)</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>80 cm</td>
                                <td>30 cm</td>
                                <td>2 400 cm<sup>2</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>7 m</td>
                                <td>4 m</td>
                                <td>28 m<sup>2</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>2.5 km</td>
                                <td>2 km</td>
                                <td>5 km<sup>2</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>5.5 m</td>
                                <td>2.4 m</td>
                                <td>13.2 m<sup>2</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Always use the same units for both sides. Sometimes the length and width of the rectangle will be given in different units. They must be in the same unit before you can calculate area, so you may need to convert one side to the same units as the other side.</Paragraph>
            </Box>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: The area of a rug</Heading>
                <Paragraph>How much backing fabric is needed for this rug?</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s4_2a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_2a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="c7d07610" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_2a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="225"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 22 A rug</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration showing a rug that measures 3 m by 90 cm.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>To find the answer, you need to work out the width multiplied by the length.</Paragraph>
                <UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem>90 cm × 3 m = area</ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList>
                <Paragraph>First, you need to convert the width to metres so that both sides are in the same units. 90 cm is the same as 0.9 m, so the calculation is:</Paragraph>
                <UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem>0.9 × 3 = area = 2.7 m<sup>2</sup></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. You need to carry out the calculations without a calculator, but you can double-check your answers on a calculator if needed. If you need a reminder about how to <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=1.7.1">multiply whole numbers or decimal numbers</a> without a calculator, please look back at Session 1 first.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Remember to check if you need to convert the measurements before calculating the area.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 10: Finding the area</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>How much plastic sheeting do you need to cover this pond for the winter? <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s4_2b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_2b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="6f11eba9" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_2b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="289"/><Caption>Figure 23 A pond</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing a pond that measures 4 m by 2.5 m.</Description>
                    </Figure></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>One bag of gravel will cover half a square metre of ground. How many bags do you need to cover this driveway? <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s4_2c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_2c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="f085a973" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_2c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="316"/><Caption>Figure 24 A driveway</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing a driveway that measures 8 m by 4 m.</Description>
                    </Figure></ListItem>
                        <!--<ListItem>This is the floorplan of the first floor of your new home. You want to replace the carpet in Bedroom 3. You can only buy carpet in whole square metres so how many square metres of carpet will you need to buy? <EditorComment>Figure 25 to follow</EditorComment></ListItem>-->
                        <ListItem>A biologist is studying yeast growth. In the sample area shown below in purple the biologist found 80 yeast. What would go in the missing spaces in her recording sheet, as marked with a question mark? <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s4_2d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_2d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="300dca97" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_2d.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="317"/><Caption>Figure 25 A petri dish</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing a petri dish with a highlighted section that measures 4 cm by 25 mm.</Description>
                    </Figure> 
</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead>Yeast count</TableHead>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Sample area no. </td>
                                <td>21</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Date</td>
                                <td>17 October</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Yeast count</td>
                                <td>80 </td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Sample dimensions</td>
                                <td>? cm × ? cm</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Sample area</td>
                                <td>? cm<sup>2</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Yeast/cm<sup>2</sup></td>
                                <td>?</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <NumberedList start="4">
                        <ListItem>How large is this area of forestry land? <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s4_2e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_2e.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="a99c06d3" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_2e.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="299"/><Caption>Figure 26 A forest</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing a forest that measures 4.5 miles by 2 miles.</Description>
                    </Figure></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>The plastic sheeting needs to be:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2.5 × 4 = 10 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>First you need to work out the area of the driveway:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>8 × 4 = 32 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>If each bag covers half a square metre, you will need two bags for each square metre:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>32 × 2 = 64 bags</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <!--<ListItem><Paragraph>The room measures 3.7 m long by 3.0 m wide, so:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3.7 × 3.0 = 11.1 square metres</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList> 
<Paragraph>Carpet can only be bought in whole square metres, so you will need to buy 12 m<sup>2</sup> to have enough to cover the whole floor area.</Paragraph></ListItem>-->
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>First you need to change the width to centimetres. 25 mm is the same as 2.5 cm. Then you can work out the area:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2.5 × 4 = 10 cm<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>There are 80 yeast, so the amount of yeast per square centimetre (yeast/cm<sup>2</sup>) is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>80 ÷ 10 = 8 yeast per cm<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>The recording sheet should look like this:</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead>Yeast count</TableHead>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Sample area no. </td>
                                <td>21</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Date</td>
                                <td>17 October</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Yeast count</td>
                                <td>80 </td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Sample dimensions</td>
                                <td>2.5 cm × 4 cm</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Sample area</td>
                                <td>10 cm<sup>2</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Yeast/cm<sup>2</sup></td>
                                <td>8</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <NumberedList start="4">
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>The area of forestry land is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>4.5 × 2 = 9 square miles</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <!--<Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 5: Finding the area of an irregular shape</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>The estates manager of a college decides to repaint one of the walls in the reception area. The diagram below shows the dimensions of the wall that needs painting. <Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s4\bltl_m1_s4_2f.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_2f.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 14 A wall</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing a wall that measures 4 m by 2.5 m. It includes a fixed bookcase that measures 2 m by 2 m.</Description>
                    </Figure> <Paragraph>The wall is 4 m long and 2.5 m high and has a large fixed bookcase in the corner. What is the area of the section of the wall that needs painting? </Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A charity holds a fundraising fête. A volunteer from the charity designs a game that is played by rolling coins across a table. She marks out two areas labelled ‘WIN!’. <Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s4\bltl_m1_s4_2g.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_2g.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 15 ‘Roll a coin!’</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing a tabletop game at a fête that measures 2.0 m by 1.5 m. It includes two areas labelled ‘WIN!’ that each measure 0.5 m by 0.6 m .</Description>
                    </Figure> <Paragraph>Anyone who rolls a coin into an area labelled ‘WIN!’ will win a prize. But what is the area of the rest of the table?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>First you need to calculate the area of the whole wall:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>4 × 2.5 = 10 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Then you need to calculate the area of the bookcase:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 × 2 = 4 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Then subtract the area of the bookcase from the area of the wall:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>10 – 4 = 6 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So the area of the wall that needs painting is 6 m<sup>2</sup>.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>To calculate the non-winning area of the table, first you need to calculate the area of the whole table:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1.5 × 2 = 3 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Then calculate the area of the ‘WIN!’ areas. One of these is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>0.6 × 0.5 = 0.3 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>There are two ‘WIN!’ areas, so you need to multiply this by 2:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>0.3 × 2 = 0.6 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>You then subtract the ‘WIN!’ areas from the complete area of the table:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3 – 0.6 = 2.4 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So 2.4 m<sup>2</sup> of the table is a non-winning area.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>-->
            <!--<EditorComment>I think question 2 is too confusing. The word ‘shading’ need to be changed.</EditorComment>-->
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to work out the area of a rectangular shape. <!--You have also looked at more complex, compound shapes for calculating area.--></Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
            <!--<Summary>
                <Paragraph>In this topic you have learned how to work out the area of a rectangular shape. You have also looked at more complexed, compound shapes for calculating area.</Paragraph>
            </Summary>-->
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>5 Volume</Title>
            <Paragraph>Volume is the measure of the amount of space inside of a solid (3D) object. The volume of a cube or cuboid is  measured by multiplying length by width by height. It is always measured in cubic units, such as mm<sup>3</sup>, cm<sup>3</sup>, m<sup>3</sup>, etc.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Volume of a cuboid</Heading>
                <Paragraph>What is the volume of a box with a length of 8 cm, a width of 4 cm and a height of 2 cm?</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig17.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig17.png" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="67477a35" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig17.png" x_imagewidth="308" x_imageheight="158"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 27 A box</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a box with a length of 8 cm, a width of 4 cm and a height of 2 cm.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>The volume is:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>8 cm × 4 cm × 2 cm</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>You can also write this as:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>32 cm (8 cm × 4 cm) × 2 cm = 64 cm<sup>3</sup></Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>Watch the following clip for some more examples:</Paragraph>
                <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/youtube:M2g3KQ_Uaag" type="embed" x_manifest="M2g3KQ_Uaag_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 11: Calculating volume</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Calculate the volumes of the following:</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Box>
                        <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> As with perimeter and area, you may need to convert to make the units the same.</Paragraph>
                    </Box>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Length</th>
                                <th>Width</th>
                                <th>Height</th>
                                <th>Volume</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>6 m</td>
                                <td>2 m</td>
                                <td>3 m</td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a11_l1"/></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>10 mm</td>
                                <td>10 mm</td>
                                <td>10 mm</td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a11_l2"/></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>36 mm</td>
                                <td>2 cm</td>
                                <td>4 cm</td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a11_l3"/></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>9 m</td>
                                <td>2 m</td>
                                <td>180 cm</td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a11_l4"/></td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <NumberedList start="2">
                        <ListItem>A children’s sandpit is 1 m wide and 1.5 m long. What volume of sand would be needed to fill the sandpit  to a depth of 10 cm? (Note that depth is the same as height but measured in a downward direction.)</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>David has built a log store that measures 2 m × 1 m × 1 m. He wants to order some logs ready for the winter. The local supplier only delivers logs in 1.5 m<sup>3</sup> loads. Will David’s store be big enough to hold one load?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>The answer is as follows:</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Length</th>
                                <th>Width</th>
                                <th>Height</th>
                                <th>Volume</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>6 m</td>
                                <td>2 m</td>
                                <td>3 m</td>
                                <td>36 m<sup>3</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>10 mm</td>
                                <td>10 mm</td>
                                <td>10 mm</td>
                                <td>1 000 mm<sup>3</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>36 mm (convert to 3.6 cm)</td>
                                <td>2 cm</td>
                                <td>4 cm</td>
                                <td>28.8 cm<sup>3</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>9 m</td>
                                <td>2 m</td>
                                <td>180 cm (convert to 1.8 m)</td>
                                <td>32.4 m<sup>3</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <NumberedList start="2">
                        <ListItem>First you need to convert 10 cm to metres – it’s 0.1 m. Then you can calculate area:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1 m × 1.5 m × 0.1 m = 0.15 m<sup>3</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The volume of David’s store is 2 m × 1 m × 1 m = 2 m<sup>3</sup>, so it will be big enough to hold one load of the logs.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have calculated the volume of cubes and cuboids.</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>6 Scale drawings</Title>
            <Paragraph>Have you ever drawn a plan of a room in your house to help you work out how to rearrange the furniture? Or maybe you’ve sketched a plan of your garden to help you decide how big a new patio should be?</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>These pictures are called scale drawings. The important thing with scale drawings is that everything must be drawn to scale, meaning  that everything must be in proportion – that is, ‘shrunk’ by the same amount.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>All scale drawings must have a scale to tell us how much the drawing has been shrunk by.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: In the garden</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Here is an example of typical scale drawing:</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s4_3a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_3a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="443cdfda" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_3a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="487"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 28 A scale drawing of a garden</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a scale drawing of a garden. It is drawn on square paper (nine squares wide, eight squares tall) and the scale is 1:100. In the top left corner is the vegetable  garden, which is five squares wide and two squares high; in the top right corner is the shed, which is two squares wide and two squares high; in the bottom left corner is the patio, which is five squares wide and three squares high; in the bottom right corner is the flower bed, which is two squares wide and six squares high.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>What’s the width and length of the patio?</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> This scale drawing has been drawn on squared paper. This makes it easier to draw and understand. Each square is 1 cm wide and 1 cm long. So instead of using a ruler you can just count the squares and this will tell you the measurement in centimetres.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>The scale in this drawing is 1:100. This means that 1 cm on the scale drawing is equal to 100 cm, or 1 m, in real life. Once we know the scale, we can measure the distances on the drawing.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Using a ruler (or just counting the squares), we find that the patio is 5 cm long and 3 cm wide on the drawing. This means that in real life it is 5 metres long and 3 metres wide. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>So when you’re working with scale drawings:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>Find out what the scale on the drawing is.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Measure the distance on the drawing using a ruler (or count the number of squares, if that’s an option). The measurements may already be given on the drawing. </ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Multiply the distance you measure by the scale to give the distance in real life.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>If you already know the real-life measurement and need to work out the measurement on the drawing, you divide by the scale.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 12: Getting information from a scale drawing</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Let’s stay with this scale drawing of the garden.
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_m1_s4_3a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_3a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="443cdfda" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_3a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="487"/><Caption>Figure 29 A scale drawing of a garden</Caption>
<Description>An illustration of a scale drawing of a garden. It is drawn on scale paper and the scale is 1:100. In the top left corner is the vegetable  garden, which is five squares wide and two squares high; in the top right corner is the shed, which is two squares wide and two squares high; in the bottom left corner is the patio, which is five squares wide and three squares high; in the bottom right corner is the flower bed, which is two squares wide and six squares high.</Description></Figure>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>What is the actual width and length of the vegetable garden?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>What is the actual width and length of the flower bed?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How far is the patio from the vegetable garden in real life?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Say you wanted to put a trampoline between the patio and the vegetable garden. It measures 3 m by 3 m in real life. Is there enough space for it?</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Tom is using a scale drawing to plan out a patio he is going to lay. He uses a scale of 1 cm : 50 cm. The patio on his drawing measures 4 cm by 8 cm. What are the dimensions of his actual patio?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Amanda is drawing a plan of the ground floor of her house, using a scale of 1 cm: 2 m. Her actual kitchen measures 5 m by 6 m. What will the measurements be for her kitchen on the plan?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <!--<ListItem>A landscaper wants to put a wild area in your garden. She makes a scale plan of the wild area: <Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s4\bltl_m1_s4_3b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_3b.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 18 A scale drawing of a wild area of a garden</Caption>
<Description>An illustration of a scale drawing of a wild area in a garden. It is labelled 9 cm wide and the scale is 1:50.</Description>
                    </Figure> <Paragraph>What is the length of the longest side of the actual wild area in metres?</Paragraph></ListItem>
<ListItem>Here is a scale drawing showing one disabled parking space in a supermarket car park. The supermarket plans to add two more disabled parking spaces next to the existing one, with no spaces between them. 
<Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s4\bltl_m1_s4_3c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_3c.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 19 A scale drawing of a car park</Caption>
<Description>An illustration of a scale drawing of car parking spaces. A space is labelled 2 cm wide and the scale is 1:125.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>What will be the total actual width of the three disabled parking spaces in metres?</Paragraph>
</ListItem>-->
                    <!--<ListItem>This is a plan of a flat. The scale of the plan is 1 cm to 2 m. It is drawn on squared paper where each square is 1 cm so you can count the squares to work out the distances on the plan. Use the plan to answer these questions.
<Paragraph><EditorComment>Figure 31 to follow</EditorComment></Paragraph>
<Paragraph>In real life:</Paragraph>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>What is the length of the living room?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How long is the bathroom?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How wide is the bedroom?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How long is the hall?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How long is the porch?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How long would a path along the length of the bungalow be?
</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>-->
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>The vegetable garden is 5 m long and 2 m wide.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>The flower bed is 6 m long and 2 m wide.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>The patio and vegetable garden are 3 m apart.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>The distance between the patio and vegetable garden is 3 m and the trampoline is 3 m wide. So the trampoline would fit in the space, but it would be a bit of a squeeze.</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>
The scale is 1 cm : 50 cm. There are two measurements to work out, so you need to do one at a time. We will start with the width of 4 cm:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>1 cm : 50 cm</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>4 cm : ? cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You know what the measurement on the drawing is, so you need to multiply to find the real-life measurement:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>4 × 50 = 200 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You could then convert this measurement into metres. There are 100 cm in 1 metre, you need to divide by 100:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>200 ÷ 100 = 2 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>So the width of the actual patio is 2 m.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>We will now work out the length of the actual patio. The scale is the same:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>1 cm : 50 cm</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8 cm : ? cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Again, you know the measurement on the drawing, so you need to multiply to find the real-life measurement:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>8 × 50 = 400 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Again, we can divide this measurement by 100 to express it in metres:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>400 ÷ 100 = 4 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
So the length of the actual patio is 4 m.
</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>
The scale is 1 cm : 2 m. There are two measurements to work out, so you need to do one at a time. We will start with the width of 5 m:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>1 cm : 2 m</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>? cm : 5 m </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
As you know the real measurement, you need to divide to find the plan measurement:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>5 ÷ 2 = 2.5 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
We will now work out the length. The scale is the same:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>1 cm : 2 m</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>? cm : 6 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Again, we need to work out the plan measurement, so we need to divide:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>6 ÷ 2 = 3 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
So on the plan, her kitchen will measure 2.5 cm by 3 cm. 
</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to use scale drawings.</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>7 Maps</Title>
            <Paragraph>A map gives you a detailed drawing of a place. They are used to find out how to get from one place to another. They use a scale that lets you calculate the actual distance from one place to the other.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>If you look in a holiday brochure you will see lots of maps. They are often used to show how a resort is laid out. They show where a few important places are, such as local shops, hotels, the beach, swimming pools and restaurants.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>It is important to understand how to read a map so that you do not end up too far from the places you want to be near – or too close to the places you want to avoid!</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Holiday map</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Here is a typical example of a map you find in a holiday brochure.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig19.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig19.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="e9488fcc" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig19.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="533"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 30 A scale drawing of a holiday resort</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a scale drawing of El Sunno resort. It is drawn on square paper (10×10) and the scale is 1:1 000. There are various attractions included on the map (the beach, Hotel Party, Grooves Nightclub, Beach Bistro, a pub, Super Shop and Hotel Sun). There are also crosses  to mark entrances to buildings. The x,y coordinates of the entrances are as follows: the beach (2,8), Grooves Nightclub (8,8), Beach Bistro (5,5), a pub (6,6), Super Shop (5,3) and Hotel Sun (6,2).</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>How far apart is everything on this map? Each square measures 1 cm on the map. </Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>As with scale drawings, the thing you need to know before you can understand the map is the scale and how to read it. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>This means that for every 1 cm square on the map there are 10 metres (10 m) in real life.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Using the scale, you can interpret the data on the map and work out how far different places are from one another.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>To do this you need to measure the distances on the map and then multiply the distances in centimetres by 10 to get the actual distance in metres.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>So on this map the Grooves Nightclub is 1 cm from Hotel Party. In real life that’s 10 m – not very far at all. Knowing this could affect whether you choose to stay at Hotel Party, depending on whether you like nightclubs or not.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 13: Using a map to find distances</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Let’s stay with the map of the holiday resort.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/3590057/mod_oucontent/oucontent/116876/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig19.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\oldCourses\FSM_1_CYMRU\bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig19.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="77eca683" x_contenthash="e9488fcc" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig19.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="533"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 31 A scale drawing of a holiday resort</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of a scale drawing of El Sunno resort. It is drawn on square paper (10×10) and the scale is 1:1 000. There are various attractions included on the map (the beach, Hotel Party, Grooves Nightclub, Beach Bistro, a pub, Super Shop and Hotel Sun). There are also crosses  to mark entrances to buildings. The x,y coordinates of the entrances are as follows: the beach (2,8), Grooves Nightclub (8,8), Beach Bistro (5,5), a pub (6,6), Super Shop (5,3) and Hotel Sun (6,2).</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Box>
                        <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> The entrances to the buildings are marked with crosses on the map. You need to measure from these crosses. </Paragraph>
                    </Box>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>What is the distance in real life between the pub and Hotel Sun in metres?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>How far is it in real life from the Super Shop to the Beach Bistro in metres?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>What is the distance in real life from Grooves Nightclub to the beach in metres?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Now try these:</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList start="4">
                        <ListItem>A map has a scale of 1 cm to 5 km. On the map, the distance between two towns measures 6 cm. What is the actual distance between the two towns? Remember to show the units in your answer.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A scale is given as 1 cm to 2 km. When measured on a map, the distance from the college to the bus station is 4.5 cm. What is the actual distance?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>
<Paragraph>The distance on the map between the pub and Hotel Sun is 4 cm, and the scale is 1 cm : 10 m. Because you need to work out the real measurement, you need to multiply the map measurement by 10:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>4 cm × 10 = 40</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>The actual distance in real life between the pub and Hotel Sun is 40 m.</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The distance on the map is 2 cm. Using the same calculation, the actual distance in real life between the Super Shop and the Beach Bistro is 20 m.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The distance on the map is 6 cm. Using the same calculation, the actual distance in real life between Grooves nightclub and the beach is 60 m.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The scale is 1 cm to 5 km. The distance on the map is 6 cm, so multiply 6 × 5 km to give an answer of 30 km.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The scale is 1 cm to 2 km. The distance on the map is 4.5 cm, so multiply 4.5 × 2 km to give an answer of 9 km.
</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to use maps.</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>8 End-of-course quiz</Title>
            <Paragraph>Now it’s time to review your learning in the end-of-session quiz.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><olink targetdoc="Session 3 practice quiz">Session 3 quiz</olink>.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Open the quiz in a new window or tab (by holding down the ‘Ctrl’ key [or ‘Cmd’ on a Mac] when you click the link), then return here when you have done it.</Paragraph>
            <!--<Paragraph>Now it’s time to complete <olink targetdoc="Session 4 compulsory badge quiz">the end-of-course quiz</olink>. It’s similar to previous quizzes, but in this one there will be 15 questions.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Open the quiz in a new window or tab then come back here when you’re done.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Remember, this quiz counts towards your badge. If you’re not successful the first time, you can attempt the quiz again in 24 hours.</Paragraph>-->
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>9 Session 3 summary</Title>
            <Paragraph>You have now completed Session 3, ‘Shape and space’. If you have identified any areas that you need to work on, please ensure you refer back to this section of the course. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You should now be able to: </Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>work out the perimeter of your garden for fencing</ListItem>
                <ListItem>find out how much carpet you need to re-carpet a room or floor</ListItem>
                <ListItem>work out how much gravel you need to cover a driveway</ListItem>
                <ListItem>work out the volume of a sandpit or storage room</ListItem>
                <ListItem>use a simple scale on a plan of a garden or holiday resort</ListItem>
                <ListItem>read maps to calculate distances from one place to another.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <!--<Paragraph>Throughout this session you have looked at:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>shape identities</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>area and perimeter</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>scale drawings</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>basic map reading.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>-->
            <Paragraph>All of the skills above will help you with tasks in everyday life. Whether you are at home or at work, number skills are an essential skill to have.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You are now ready to move on to Session 4.</Paragraph>
            <!--            <Paragraph>Now try the end-of-course quiz to test your learning of the entire course and hopefully gain your badge. Good luck!</Paragraph> 
<Paragraph>You are now ready to move on to Session 4, ‘Handling data’.</Paragraph>
-->
            <!--<Paragraph>You are now ready to move on to Session 2, ‘Units of measure’.</Paragraph>-->
            <!--<Paragraph>All of the skills that you have learnt will help you with everyday activities such as:</Paragraph>-->
        </Session>
        <!--<Session><Title>7 End-of-course summary/next steps etc.</Title>
<Paragraph><EditorComment>Summary of everything that they've learnt in the course</EditorComment></Paragraph>
</Session>-->
    </Unit>
    <BackMatter><!--To be completed where appropriate: 
<Glossary><GlossaryItem><Term/><Definition/></GlossaryItem>
</Glossary><References><Reference/></References>
<FurtherReading><Reference/></FurtherReading>--></BackMatter>
</Item>
